Skip to main content

Full text of "Notes on collecting and preserving natural-history objects .."

See other formats


IRLF 


B    3 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 


PRESENTED  BY 

PROF.  CHARLES  A.  KOFOID  AND 
MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


COLLECTING  4ND  PRESERVING. 


NOTES  ON 

COLLECTING  AND  PRESERVING 

NATUBAL-HISTOBY  OBJECTS. 


BY 


J.  E.  TATLOB,  F.L.S.,  F.G.S. 

K   F.  ELWIN. 

THOS.  SOUTHWELL,  F.Z.S. 

DK,  KNAGGS. 

E.C.  RYE,  F.Z.S. 

J.  B.  BfilDGMAN. 


PROFESSOR  RALPH  TATE,  F.G.S. 
JAS.  BRITTEN,  F.L.S. 
PROFESSOR  BUCKJIAN,  F.G-S. 
DR.  BRAITHWAITE,  F.L.S. 

"VVOUTHINGTON   G.  SMITH,  F.L.&. 

REV.  JAS.  CROMBIE,  F.L5. 


W.  H.  GRATTANN. 
EDITED    BY 

J.  E.  TAYLOR,  PHD.,  F.L.S.,  F.£.S.,  &c. 


NEW  EDITION. 


LONDON: 
H   ALLEN  &   CO.,   13   WATERLOO   PLACE.     S.W. 


1883. 
(All  rights  reserved.) 


PEEFACE. 

THE  following  Essays  were  originally  contributed 
to  the  pages  of  '  Science-Gossip/  by  the  various 
writers  whose  names  they  bear.  From  the  constant 
queries  relating  to  subjects  of  this  kind,  it  was 
deemed  advisable  to  furnish  young  or  intending 
naturalists  with  such  trustworthy  information  as 
would  enable  them  to  save  time,  and  gain  by  the 
experience  of  others.  For  this  purpose,  the  articles 
have  been  collected  in  their  present  portable  form 
as  a  Handbook  for  beginners. 

May,  1876. 


CONTENTS. 


PREFACE 


CHAPTER  I. 
GEOLOGICAL  SPECIMENS,  BY  J.  E.  TAYLOR,  F.L.S.,  F.G.S.          1 

CHAPTER  II. 
BONES,  BY  E.  F.  ELWIN    ..........         16 

CHAPTER  III. 
BIRDS'  EGGS,  BY  T.  SOUTHWELL,  F.Z.S  .......         27" 

CHAPTER  IV. 
BUTTERFLIES  AND  MOTHS,  BY  DR.  KNAGGS         .          ..         44 

CHAPTER  V. 
BEETLES,  BY  E.  C  RYE,  F.Z.S  .........         67. 

CHAPTER  VI. 
HYMENOPTERA,  BY  J.  B.  BRIDGMAX        ..          ..          ..         95 

CHAPTER  VII. 
LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHKLLS,  BY  PROFESSOR  RALPH 

TATE,  F.G.S  .............       102. 


Yin  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

PACK 

FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS,  BY  J.  BRITTEN,  F.L.S. 

(First  Part) 117 

CHAPTER  IX. 

FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS,  BY  J.  BRITTEN,  F.L.S. 

(Second  Part) 131 

CHAPTER  X. 
•GRASSES,  &c.,  BY  PROFESSOR  BUCKMAN,  F.G.S.  ..       139 

CHAPTER  XI. 
.MOSSES,  BY  DR.  BRAITHWAITE,  F.L.S.     ..          ..          ..       145 

CHAPTER  XII. 

;FUNGI,  BY    WORTHINGTON    G.  SMITH,  F.L.S.          ..  ..          159 

CHAPTER  XIII. 
LICHENS,  BY  REV.  JAMES  CROMBIE,  F.L.S.         ..          ..       181 

CHAPTER  XIV. 
SEAWEEDS,  BY  W.  II.  GRATTANN  195 

JSDEX  209 


COLLECTING  AND  PRESERVING. 


GEOLOGICAL    SPECIMENS. 
BY  J.  E.  TAYLOR,  F.L.S.,  F.G.S. 

THE  great  end  of  natural-history  reading  should  be 
the  development  of  a  love  for  the  objects  dwelt  upon, 
and  a  desire  to  know  more  about  them.  This  can 
only  be  brought  about  by  such  practical  acquaintance 
as  collecting  and  preserving  them  induces.  At  the 
same  time  we  should  be  sorry  to  see  our  young 
readers  degenerate  into  mere  collectors!  It  is  a 
great  mistake  to  suppose,  that  because  you  have  a 
full  cabinet  of  butterflies,  moths,  or  beetles,  there- 
fore you  are  a  good  entomologist ;  or  that  you  may 
lay  claim  to  a  distinguished  position  as  a  geologist, 
on  account  of  drawers  full  of  fossils  and  minerals. 
But  this  is  a  mistake  into  which  young  naturalists 
frequently  fall.  We  nave  seen  people  with  decided 
tastes  for  these  studies  never  get  beyond  the  mere 
collecting.  In  that  case  they  stand  on  a  par  with 

B 


2  GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS. 

collectors  of  postage-stamps.  Nor  is  there  much 
gained,  even  if  you  become  acquainted  with  English, 
or  even  Latin,  names  of  natural-history  objects. 
Many  people  can  catalogue  them  glibly,  and  never 
make  a  slip,  and  yet  they  are  practically  ignorant  of 
the  real  knowledge  which  clusters  round  each  object, 
and  its  relation  to  others.  Both  Latin  and  English 

O 

names  are  useful  and  even  necessary  ;  but  when  you 
have  simply  learnt  them,  and  nothing  more,  how 
much  wiser  are  you  than  before  ?  No,  let  the  learn- 
ing of  names  be  the  alphabet  of  science — the  means 
by  which  you  can  acquire  a  further  knowledge  of  its 
mysteries.  It  would  be  just  as  reasonable  to  set  up 
for  a  literary  man  on  the  strength  of  accurately 
knowing  the  alphabet,  as  to  imagine  you  are  a 
scientific  man  the  moment  you  have  learned  by 
heart  a  few  scores  of  Latin  names  of  plants,  fossils, 
or  insects!  Let  each  object  represent  so  much 
knowledge,  to  which  the  very  mention  of  its  name 
will  immediately  conjure  up  a  crowd  of  associations, 
relationships,  and  intimate  acquaintances,  and  you 
will  then  see  what  a  store  of  real  knowledge  may 
be  represented  in  a  carefully-arranged  cabinet. 

The  heading  of  the  present  articles  will  have  in- 
dicated the  subject  chosen  for  brief  treatment.  We 
shall  never  forget  the  influence  left  by  reading 
such  charming  and  suggestive  books  as  Mantell's 


GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS.  3 

•*  Medals  of  Creation,'  many  years  ago.  Our  mind  had 
been  prepared  for  the  enthusiasm  which  this  little 
book  produced  by  the  perusal  of  Page's  '  Intro- 
ductory Text-book,'  Phillips's  'Guide  to  Geology,' 
and  several  others  of  a  similar  character.  But  we 
know  of  none  which  impels  a  young  student  to  go 
into  the  field  and  hammer  out  fossils  for  himself, 
like  Dr.  Mantell's  works.  It  is  impossible  not  to 
catch  the  enthusiasm  of  his  nature.  The  first  place 
we  sallied  out  to,  on  our  maiden  geological  trip,  was 
a  heap  of  coal-shale,  near  a  pit's  mouth,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Manchester.  Our  only  weapon 
was  a  common  house  hammer,  for  we  then  knew 
nothing  of  the  technical  forms  which  geological  fancy 
so  often  assumes.  We  had  passed  that  same  heap  of 
coal-shale  hundreds  of  times,  without  suspecting  it  to 
be  anything  more  than  everybody  else  considered  it 
viz.  a  heap  of  rubbish.  Why  that  particular  spot  was 
selected,  we  cannot  now  say.  We  had  seen  illustra- 
tions of  carboniferous  plants,  shells,  &c.,  in  books, 
but  we  seemed  to  imagine  their  discovery  could  only 
be  effected  by  scientific  men,  and  that  it  required  a 
good  deal  oi  knowledge  before  one  should  attempt 
to  find  them.  Suffice  it  to  say  we  made  the  pil- 
grimage to  the  coal-shale  heap  in  pretty  much  the 
same  mind  as  we  should  expect  to  get  the  head  prize 
in  some  fine-art  drawing.  The  humble  hammer  was 

B  2 


GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS. 


put  into  use,  for  a  brief  time  without  much  effect,  as 
we  'could  hardly  have  commenced  on  a  more  barren 
kind  of  shale  than  we  had  chanced  to  hit  upon. 
We  imagined  we  could  perceive  traces  of  leaves  and 
slender  stems,  but  were  afraid  to  trust  our  eyes.  At 
any  rate,  there  was  nothing  definite  enough  to  raise 
our  enthusiasm.  But  by-and-by,  as  the  hammer 
kept  cleaving  open  the  thin  leaf-like  layers  of  shale, 
there  appeared  a  large  portion  of  that  most  beautiful 
of  all  fossil  plants,  the  Lepidodendron.  Those  who 
are  familiar  with  this  object,  with  its  lozenge-shaped 
markings  running  spirally  up  the  stem,  will  readily 
understand  the  outburst  of  pleasure  which  escaped 
our  lips !  That  was  the  first  real  fossil — a  pleasure 
quite  equivalent  to  that  of  landing  the  first  salmon. 
How  carefully  was  it  wrapped  in  paper,  and  carried 
home  in  the  pocket !  There  never  was,  and  never 
will  be,  another  fossil  in  the  world  as  beautiful  as 
that  insignificant  fragment  of  Lepidodendron. 

We  have  seen  a  good  many  converts  made  to 
geology  in  a  similar  manner,  since  first  we  laid  open 
to  the  light  this  silent  memorial  of  ages  which  have 
passed  away.  Let  a  man  have  ever  so  slight  ac- 
quaintance with  geology,  and  give  him  the  chance  of 
hammering  out  a  fossil  for  himself,  and  the  odds  are 
you  thereby  make  him  a  geologist  for  life.  There 
is  something  almost  romantic  in  the  idea  that  you 


GEOLOGICAL    SPECIMENS.  5 

are  looking  for  the  first  time,  and  have  yourself 
disentombed  the  remains  of  creatures  which  probably 
lived  scores  of  millions  of  years  ago !  We  would 
strongly  advise  our  readers,  therefore,  not  to  fall  into 
the  error  of  supposing  that  fossil-hunting  belongs  to 
highly-trained  geologists.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  by 
fossil-hunting  alone  that  you  can  ever  hope  to  be  a 
geologist  yourself.  Another  mistake  often  made,  is 
that  of  supposing  these  rich  and  interesting  geo- 
logical localities  are  at  a  distance.  It  seems  so  hard 
to  suppose,  after  reading  about  typical  sections.  &c., 
that  under  your  very  feet,  in  the  fields  where  you 
have  so  often  played,  there  occur  geological  pheno- 
mena of  no  less  interest.  But  it  is  actually  surprising 
what  evidences  of  our  earth's  great  antiquity,  in  the 
shape  of  fossils,  &c.,  may  be  studied  and  obtained  in 
the  most  out-of-the-way  and  insignificant  places. 

You  say  you  have  no  rocks  in  your  neighbourhood 
— nothing  but  barren  sands,  or  beds  of  brick-earth 
or  clay,  Well,  go  to  some  section  of  the  latter, 
exposed,  perhaps,  in  some  tarn  or  stagnant  pond  in 
a  turnip-field.  You  examine  the  sides,  and  what  do 
you  see?  Nothing,  but  here  and  there  a  boulder- 
stone  sticking  out.  Well,  be  content  with  that. 
You  said  you  had  no  rocks  in  your  neighbourhood ; 
how,  then,  has  that  boulder,  which  is  a  rounded 
fragment  of  a  rock  broken  off  from  somewhere — • 


6  GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS. 

how  has  it  come  there  ?  Here  is  a  poser  at  once. 
Examine  it,  and  you  will  perhaps  see  that  its  hard 
surface  is  polished  or  scratched,  and  then  you  re- 
member the  theory  of  icebergs,  and  feel  astonished 
to  think  that  you  hold  in  your  hand  an  undeniable 
proof  of  the  truth  of  that  theory.  Those  very 
scratchings  could  have  been  produced  in  no  other 
way ;  that  foreign  fragment  of  a  rock  now  only  to  be 
found  on  some  distant  mountain-side  could  have  been 
conveyed  in  no  other  manner.  Not  content  with  the 
exterior  examination,  you  break  the  boulder-stone 
open,  when  you  may  chance  to  find  it  is  a  portion  of 
silurian,  carboniferous  or  oolitic  limestone,  and  that  it 
contains  fossils  belonging  to  one  of  those  formations. 
Here  is  a  find — an  object  with  a  double  interest 
turning  up  where  you  never  expected  to  discover  the 
slightest  geological  incident !  You  examine  other 
boulders,  and  find  in  them  general  evidences  of 
ice-action  in  their  present  re- deposit  ion,  and  most 
instructive  lessons  as  to  the  nature  of  rocks  of  various 
formations,  from  the  granite  and  trap  series  to  the 
fossiliferous  deposits.  In  fact,  there  is  no  place  like 
one  of  these  old  boulder-pits  for  making  oneself 
acquainted  with  petrology,  or  the  nature  of  stones. 

And  now,  as  to  the  tools  necessary  to  the  young 
geologist.  First  of  all,  he  cannot  take  too  few  !  It 
is  a  great  mistake  to  imagine  that  a  full  set  of 


GEOLOGICAL    SPECIMENS. 


Fig.  1. 


Fig.  2. 


scientific  instruments  makes  a  scientific  man.  The 
following  hammers,  intended  for  different  purposes, 
ought  to  be  procured.  Fig.  1  is  an  exceedingly 
useful  weapon,  and  one  we  commonly  use,  to  the 
exclusion  of  all  others.  It  is  handy  for  breaking  off 
fragments  of  rock  for  ex- 
amination ;  and,  if  fossils 
be  included  in  them,  for 
trimning  the  specimens 
for  cabinet  purposes.  As 
a  rule,  however,  field  geo- 
logists are  always  divided 
over  the  merits  of  their 
hammers,  some  prefer- 
ring one  shape  and  some 
another.  Fig.  2  is  gene- 
rally used  for  breaking 
up  hard  rocks,  for  which 
the  bevel  -  shaped  head 
is  peculiarly  adapted.  It 
is  usually  much  heavier 
than  the  rest,  and  is  seldom  used  except  for  specific 
purposes.  If  our  readers  are  inclined  to  study 
sections  of  boulder  clay,  and  wish  to  extract  the 
rounded  and  angular  boulder  from  its  stiff  matrix, 
they  cannot  do  better  than  use  a  hammer  like 
Fig.  3.  This  is  sometimes  called  the  "  Platypus  " 


Pocket  Trim- 
ming-hammer. 


Duck's-head 
Hammer. 


8 


GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS. 


pick.  Both  ends  can  be  used,  and  the  pick  end  is 
also  good  for  working  on  soft  rocks,  like  chalk.  A 
little  practice  in  the  field  will  teach  the  student 
how  to  use  these  tools,  and  when,  much  better  than 
we  can  describe  on  paper.  The  hammers  can  be 

obtained  from  any  scien- 
tific instrument  manu- 
facturer, or  from  a^iy  oi 
the  dealers  in  geologi- 
cal specimens.  We  have 
found  that  the  best  Ham- 
mers for  usage,  however, 
were  to  be  made  out  oi 
an  old  file,  softened  and 
well  welded,  rolled,  and 
then  hammered  into  a 
solid  mass.  If  properly 
tempered  a  hammer  made 
in  this  fashion  will  last 
you  your  life. 
So  much  for  the  rougher  weapons  of  geological 
strife.  Next,  be  sure  and  provide  yourself  with 
thick-soled  shoes  or  boots.  Geological  study  will  take 
you  into  a  good  many  queer  places,  wet  and  dry, 
rough  and  smooth,  and  it  is  absolutely  necessary 
to  be  prepared  for  the  worst.  Patent  leather  boots 
and  kid  gloves  are  rarely  worn  by  practical  geo- 


*'  Platypus  "  Pick  for  clay,  &c. 


GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS.  9 

logists.  And  we  have  heard  it  remarked  at  the 
British  Association  meetings,  that  they  could  always 
tell  which  members  belonged  to  the  Geological  Sec- 
tion by  their  thick-soled  boots.  A  similar  remark 
applies  to  clothes.  The  student  need  not  dress 
for  the  quarry  as  he  would  for  the  dining  room. 
Good,  strong,  serviceable  material  ought  to  be  their 


Secondly,  as  to  the  student's  comforts  and  neces- 
saries. These  are  generally  the  last  thing  an  ardent 
naturalist  thinks  about.  For  ourselves,  however,  we 
give  him  ample  leave  to  provide  himself  with  pipe 
and  tobacco,  should  his  tastes  lie  in  that  direction. 
We  never  enjoyed  a  pipe  half  so  much  as  when 
solitarily  disinterring  organic  remains  which  had 
slumbered  in  the  heart  of  the  rock  for  myriads  of 
ages.  As  to  the  leer,  we  can  vouch  that  it  never 
tastes  anything  like  so  good  as  during  a  geological 
excursion. 

We  have  found  the  leathern  bags  sold  for  school- 
book  purposes  to  be  as  handy  to  deposit  specimens 
in,  during  a  journey,  as  anything  else.  They  have 
the  merit  of  being  cheap,  are  strong,  and  easily 
carried.  If  not  large  enough,  then  get  a  strong, 
coarse  linen  havresack,  like  that  worn  by  volunteers 
on  a  field  clay.  Paper,  cotton  wadding  (not  wool), 
sawdust  for  fragments  of  larger  fossils,  intended  to 


10  GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS. 

be  repaired  at  home,  wooden  pill-boxes,  and  a  few 
boxes,  which  may  be  obtained  from  any  practical 
naturalist,  with  glass  tops,  are  sufficient  "  stock-in- 
trade  "  for  the  young  geologist.  The  wadding  does 
not  adhere  to  the  specimens  as  wool  does,  and  the 
glass-topped  boxes  are  useful,  as  it  is  not  then 
necessary  to  open  a  box  and  disinter  a  delicate  fossil 
from  its  matrix  in  order  to  look  at  it.  Add  a  good 
strong  pocket  lens,  such  as  may  be  bought  for  half-a- 
crown,  and  your  equipment  will  be  complete.  If  you 
intend  to  study  any  particular  district,  get  the  sheets 
published  by  the  Geological  Survey.  These  will 
give  you,  on  a  large  scale,  the  minute  geology  of 
the  neighbourhood,  the  succession  of  rocks,  faults, 
outcrops,  &c.  In  fact,  you  may  save  yourself  a 
world  of  trouble  by  thus  preparing  yourself  a  week 
or  so  before  you  make  your  geological  excursion. 
iThe  pith  of  these  remarks  applies  with  equal  force  if 
you  purpose,  first  of  all,  to  examine  the  neighbour- 
hood in  which  you  live.  Don't  do  so  until  you  have 
read  all  that  has  been  written  about  it,  and  examined 
all  the  available  maps  and  sections.  This  advice 
however,  applies  more  particularly  to  geological  ex- 
amination of  strata.  If  you  are  bent  chiefly  on 
paldBortological  investigation,  that  is,  on  the  study 
of  fossils,  perhaps  it  will  be  best  iust  to  read  any 


GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS.  11 

published  remarks  you  may  have  access  -to,  and 
then  boldly  take  the  field  for  yourself.  In  addition 
to  a  hammer,  we  would  advise  the  young  student 
to  take  a  good  narrow-pointed  steel  chisel,  and  a 
putty-knife.  The  former  is  very  useful  for  work- 
ing round,  and  eventually  obtaining,  any  fossil 
that  may  have  been  weathered  into  relief.  The 
latter  is  equally  serviceable  for  clayey  rocks  or 
shales. 

In  arranging  the  spoils  of  these  excursions  for  the 
cabinet,  a  little  care  and  taste  are  required.  We 
will  suppose  you  to  possess  one  of  those  many- 
drawered  cabinets  which  can  now  be  obtained  so 
cheaply.  Begin  at  the  bottom,  so  that  the  lowest 
drawers  represent  the  lowest-seated  and  oldest  rocks, 
and  the  uppermost  the  most  recent.  If  possible,, 
have  an  additional  cabinet  for  local  geology,  and 
never  forget  that  the  first  duty  of  a  collector  is  to 
have  his  own  district  well  represented  !  A  com- 
pass of  a  few  miles  will,  in  most  cases,  enable  him  to- 
get  a  store  of  fossils  or  minerals  which  cannot  well 
be  obtained  elsewhere.  Supposing  he  is  desirous  of 
having  the  geological  systems  well  represented,  he 
can  always  do  so  by  the  insertion  of  such  paragraphs 
as  those  which  appear  in  the  Exchange  columns  of 
'  Science  Gossip.'  It  is  by  well  and  thoroughly 


12  GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS. 

working  separate  localities  in  this  fashion  that  the 
science  of  geology  is  best  advanced.  You  hear  a 
good  deal  about  the  "missing  links,"  and  it  is  an 
accepted  fact  that  we,  perhaps,  do  not  know  a  tithe 
of  the  organic  remains  that  formerly  enjoyed  life 
Who  knows,  therefore,  but  that  if  you  exhaust  your 
district  by  the  assiduous  collection  of  fossils,  you 
may  not  come  across  such  new  forms  as  may  settle 
many  moot  points  in  ancient  and  modern  natural 
history?  The  genuine  love  of  geological  study  is 
always  pretty  fairly  manifested  in  a  student's 
cabinet.  Science,  like  charity,  begins  at  home. 
It  impels  a  man  to  seek  and  explain  that  which 
is  nearest  to  him,  before  he  attempts  the  elucidation 
of  what  really  lies  in  another  man's  territory ! 

It  is  not  necessary  that  the  student  should  waste 
time  in  the  field  about  naming  or  trying  to  remem- 
ber the  names  of  fossils,  &c.,  on  the  spot.  That  can 
l>e  best  done  at  home,  and  the  pleasure  of  "  collect- 
ing "  can  thus  be  spun  to  its  longest  length.  Box 
them,  pack  them  well  (or  all  your  labour  is  lost), 
•and  name  them  at  home.  Or  supposing  you  do 
not  possess  books  which  can  assist  you  in  nomencla- 
ture, carry  your  fossils  or  minerals,  just  as  you 
found  them,  to  the  nearest  and  best  local  museum, 
where  you  will  be  sure  to  see  the  majority  of  them 
in  their  proper  places  and  with  their  proper  names. 


GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS.  13 

Copy  these,  and  when  you  arrange  your  specimens 
in  the  cabinet,  either  get  printed  cards  with  the  fol- 
lowing headings — 

Genus 


Species  _ 

Formation 

Locality 


(which  can  always  be  obtained  at  a  cheap  rate  from 
the  London  dealers),  or  else  set  to  work  and  copy 
them  yourself  in  a  good  plain  hand,  so  that  there 
is  no  mistaking  what  you  write.  As  far  as  possible, 
in  each  drawer  or  drawers  representing  a  geolo- 
gical formation,  arrange  your  specimens  in  natural- 
history  order — the  lowest  organisms  first,  gradually 
ascending  to  the  higher.  By  doing  so,  you  present 
geological  and  zoological  relationship,  so  that  they 
can  be  taken  in  at  a  glance.  You  further  make 
yourself  acquainted  with  the  relations  of  the  fossils 
in  a  way  you  never  would  have  done,  had  you  been 
content  to  huddle  them  together  in  any  fashion,  so 
that  you  had  them  all  together.  Glass-topped  boxes, 
again,  are  very  useful  in  the  cabinet,  especially  for 
delicate  or  fragile  fossils,  as  people  are  so  ready  to 
take  them  in  their  hands  when  they  are  shown, 
little  thinking  how  soon  a  cherished  rarity  mav  be 


14  GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS. 

destroyed,  never  to  be  replaced.  Pasteboard  trays, 
made  of  stiff  green  paper,  squared  by  the  student 
according  to  size,  can  also  be  so  arranged  as  that 
the  drawer  may  be  entirely  filled,  and  so  the 
danger  of  shaking  the  contents  about  may  be  re- 
moved. Each  tray  of  fossils  ought  to  have  the 
above -mentioned  label  fastened  down  in  such  a 
way  as  that  it  cannot  by  accident  get  changed  by 
removal. 

The  spring  and  summer  time  are  fast  approach- 
ing, and  we  know  of  nothing  that  will  so  much  assist 
in  their  rational  enjoyment  as  the  adoption  of  some 
study  in  natural  science.  Botany,  entomology,  orni- 
thology, geology,  are  all  health-affording,  nature- 
loving  pursuits.  We  have  passed  some  of  the  very 
happiest  moments  of  our  lives  in  solitary  quarries, 
or  on  green  hill-sides, 

"  The  world  forgetting,  by  the  world  forgot ! " 

There,  amid  the  wreck  of  former  creations,  and 
with  the  glory  of  the  present  one  around  us,  we 
have  yielded  to  the  delicious  sense  of  reverie,  such 
<as  can  only  be  begotten  under  such  circumstances. 
The  shady  side  of  the  quarry  has  screened  us  from 
solar  heat,  and,  whilst  the  air  has  been  melodious 
with  a  thousand  voices,  we  have  made  personal 
acquaintance  with  the  numerous  objects  of  God's 


GEOLOGICAL   SPECIMENS.  15 

creation,  animals  and  plants.  How  apt  are  the 
thoughts  of  the  poet  Crabbe,  and  how  well  do  they 
convey  the  feeling  of  the  young  geologist  in  such 
places : 

"  It  is  a  lonely  place,  and  at  the  side 
Rises  a  mountain  rock  in  rugged  pride  ; 
And  in  that  rock  are  shapes  of  shells,  and  forms 
Of  creatures  in  old  worlds,  and  nameless  worms ; 
Whole  generations  lived  and  died,  ere  man, 
A  worm  of  other  class,  to  crawl  began." 


16  BONES. 


II. 

BONES. 

BY  EDWARD  FENTONE  ELWIN,  CAIUS  COLLEGE. 

WHY  is  it  that  the  students  of  Osteology  are  so  few 
in  number  ?  It  is  a  branch  of  science  which  offers 
a  wide  field  for  original  research,  and  one  in  which 
at  every  step  one's  interest  must  get  more  and  more 
engrossed.  It  is  a  branch  of  science  in  which  a 
sufficient  portion  of  its  elements  may  be  rapidly 
learned,  in  order  to  set  the  student  fairly  on  his 
road.  The  barriers  which  surround  it  are  few  :  that 
is  to  say,  the  technical  barriers  are  few.  Many  people 
who  want  to  occupy  themselves  with  scientific  study 
are  deterred,  because  of  the  feeling  that  there  are  so 
many  laborious  preliminaries  to  be  gone  through 
before  they  can  begin  to  take  any  real  pleasure  in 
the  pursuit.  Now,  in  Osteology  it  is  true  that  a 
wide  and  really  almost  unexplored  field  lies  open 
before  one,  but  the  equipments  necessary  to  fit  one 
for  one's  journey  are  easily  attained.  The  first  step 
is  to  get  thoroughly  acquainted  with  some  one 
typical  specimen,  as  a  standard  of  comparison  for  all 
future  work.  It  matters  little  what  species  is  taken ; 


BONES.  17 

whichever  comes  most  convenient.  Some  familiar 
mammal  of  fair  size  is  the  best.  The  dog  is  as  good 
as  any,  and  easy  to  obtain.  There  ought  never  to 
be  any  real  difficulty  in  getting  a  suitable  specimen. 
If  expense  is  no  object,  the  simplest  way  is  to  get  a 
preparation,  set  up  so  as  readily  to  take  to  pieces,  at 
any  of  the  bone-preservers'  shops  in  London.  One 
like  this  costs  only  a  moderate  sum,  and  is,  of  course, 
the  least  trouble,  although  the  manner  in  which 
professionals  prepare  their  bones  is  not  altogether 
satisfactory.  But  we  may  regard  this  as  something 
in  the  light  of  a  luxury  ;  and  it  is  not  hard  to  prepare 
one's  own  specimens,  provided  we  do  not  mind  a 
little  manipulation  with  unsavoury  objects.  I  have 
given  hints  as  to  the  best  method  by  which  this  may 
be  done  in  various  pages  of  *  Science-Gossip/  *  Of 
course,  as  one's  work  gets  on,  one  needs  further 
specimens,  but  I  do  not  think  that  anyone  who 
keeps  his  eyes  open  need  be  at  a  loss  in  this  matter. 
I  have  picked  up  several  admirable  bones  ready 
cleaned  by  the  wind  and  weather,  and  many  slightly 
damaged  ones  may  be  got  at  naturalists'  shops  for 
small  sums,  which  are  almost  as  good  as  the  perfect 
ones  for  an  observer's  purposes.  Even  single  and 
isolated  bones  are  often  very  instructive. 

But  the  first  main  point  is  that  of  getting  the 
*  '  Science-Gossip '  for  1873,  p.  39;  for  1874,  p.  226. 

C 


18  BONES. 

forms,  peculiarities,  names,  and  positions  of  the 
bones  of  one  skeleton  fully  impressed  on  the  student's 
mind.  As  to  the  books  which  are  to  help  him  to  do 
this,  it  is  very  hard  to  know  what  to  recommend. 
As  far  as  I  know,  there  is  no  really  luminous  book 
on  osteology  in  existence.  So  far  as  learning  the 
names  and  peculiarities  of  the  bones,  nothing  could 
be  better  or  more  to  the  purpose  than  Flower's 
*  Osteology  of  the  Mammalia  ' ;  but  this  treats  only 
of  one  class,  and  does  not  get  beyond  technical 
description.  The  first  and  second  volumes  of 
Owen's  '  Comparative  Anatomy  of  Vertebrates ' 
fill  the  gap  the  best  of  any,  and  yet  these  are  by  no 
means  what  we  really  want.  There  is  a  good  deal 
about  bones  in  Huxley's  'Anatomy  of  Vertebrated 
Animals,'  but  in  such  a  fragmentary  and  scattered 
form  as  to  be  of  little  use.  The  fact  is,  the  field  is 
yet  open  for  an  Osteological  Manual.  Much  has 
been  written  on  the  subject.  Pages  of  precise  and 
accurate  description,  beautiful  and  artistic  sheets  of 
plates  of  bones  without  number,  can  be  seen  in  any 
scientific  library.  But  this  is  only  half  the  matter. 
We  want  to  advance  a  step  farther.  It  is  the 
relation  between  structure  and  function  which  needs 
working  out. 

When  a  new  bone  finds  its  way  into  the  student's 
hands,  he   observes  some   peculiarity  in   shape  or 


BONES.  19 

structure  in  which  it  differs  from  the  bones  he  is 
already  acquainted  with;  the  question  naturally 
occurs  to  him,  Why  does  this  bone  assume  one 
shape  in  one  animal,  and  in  another  is  modified  into 
a  different  form  ?  He  may  look  in  vain  in  his  books 
for  an  answer  to  his  query.  And  yet  it  is  points 
like  these  which,  in  my  opinion,  make  up  the  true 
science  of  Osteology.  It  is  through  careful,  con- 
stant, and  intelligent  observation,  that  these  enigmas 
are  to  be  solved.  Observation,  indoors  and  out; 
close  attention  to  the  habits  of  the  animal  in  ques- 
tion, on  the  one  hand,  and  careful  consideration  of 
its  anatomical  peculiarities,  on  the  other. 

Let  me  give  an  instance  of  this,  first  of  all  taking 
it  as  an  axiom  that  everything  has  been  done  with 
a  purpose.  Take,  then,  the  skull  of  a  crocodile. 
What  do  we  find  ?  The  orbits  of  the  eyes,  the 
nasal  orifice,  the  passages  leading  to  the  auditory 
apparatus,  all  situated  on  a  plane,  along  the  upper 
flattened  surface  of  the  head.  What,  then,  is  the 
cause  of  this?  Palpably  to  allow  the  crocodile  to 
remain  submerged  in  the  water,  with  its  nose,  eyes, 
and  ears  just  above  the  surface  to  warn  him  of  the 
approach  of  enemies  or  prey,  and  the  rest  of  his 
carcase  securely  hidden  beneath  the  waters. 

Take  another  instance.  Observe  the  habits  of 
a  mole.  WTith  what  rapidity  it  burrows  uuder- 

c  2 


20  BONES. 

ground,  shovelling  away  the  earth  with  its  fore  feet- 
Then  look  at  its  skeleton.  We  find  just  what  we 
should  have  expected.  The  bones  of  its  fore  legs  of 
astounding  strength  and  breadth,  furnished  with 
deep  grooves,  which,  together  with  its  sternum  or 
breastbone,  which  is  furnished  with  a  keel  almost 
like  that  of  the  sternum  of  a  bird,  afford  attachment 
to  the  powerful  muscles.  Its  hind  legs,  being  sim- 
ply needed  for  locomotion,  are  of  the  normal  size. 
So,  also,  with  the  birds.  The  size  of  the  keel  of  the 
sternum  varies  in  proportion  to  the  powers  of  flight 
which  each  species  requires,  for  it  is  to  the  broad 
surfaces  of  the  sternum  that  the  great  wing-muscles 
are  attached.  Take  the  skeleton  of  a  humming- 
bird, which  spends  its  life  almost  upon  the  wing. 
We  find  there  a  keel  of  so  vast  a  size,  that  the  re- 
mainder of  the  skeleton  is  reduced  to  insignificance 
in  comparison.  Of  course,  these  instances  that  I 
have  given  are  all  of  the  most  obvious  nature,  but 
they  serve  to  show  my  meaning ;  and  the  same  line 
of  reasoning  can,  I  am  sure,  be  extended  to  all  the 
more  minute  points  in  osteological  structure. 

In  these  researches,  one  is  soon  struck  by  the 
fact  that  in  the  modifications  in  various  bones,  or 
sets  of  bones,  in  accordance  with  the  habits  of  each 
animal,  the  original  type  is  never  departed  from, 
only  modified.  See,  for  example,  the  paddle  of  a 


BONES.  21 

whale.  More  like  the  fin  of  a  fish  in  general  ap- 
pearance, and  yet  the  same  set  of  bones  which  are 
found  in  the  arm  of  a  man,  are  again  found  in  an 
adapted  form  in  the  paddle  of  the  whale.  So,  also, 
the  fore  leg  of  a  horse  preserves  the  same  general 
plan.  What  is  generally  called  its  knee  is  in, 
reality  its  wrist.  It  is  there  that  we  find  the  little 
group  of  bones  which  forms  the  carpus.  All  below 
it  answers  to  our  hand — a  hand  consisting  of  one 
finger. 

Take  even  a  wider  instance.  Compare  the  arm 
of  a  man  and  the  wing  of  a  bird.  Still  greater 
adaptations  have  taken  place,  and  yet  the  plan 
remains  the  same.  We  still  find  the  clavicle  or 
collar-bone,  the  scapula  or  shoulder-blade,  the 
humerus,  ulna,  and  radius,  answering  to  the  same 
bones  of  our  arm,  a  small  carpus  or  wrist,  and 
finally  the  phalanges  or  fingers,  simplified  and 
lengthened  and  anchylosed  to  form  but  one  series  of 
bone,  with  the  exception  of  a  rudimentary  thumb. 
It  is  not  uncommon  to  find  a  rudimentary  bone  like 
this  which  in  some  allied  species  is  fully  developed. 
The  leg  of  the  horse  again  gives  us  a  very  striking 
example  of  this.  There  is,  so  to  speak,  only  a 
single  finger,  but  we  find,  one  on  each  side  of  this 
single  finger,  two  small  bones,  commonly  known 
only  as  splint-bones.  These  are  the  rudimentary 


22  BONES. 

traces  of  the  same  finger-bones,  which  in  the  rhino- 
ceros are  fully  developed. 

Now  Osteology  abounds  in  wonderful  forms  of 
structure  like  these.  It  is  a  study  pregnant  with 
pleasurable  results,  and  is  a  real  profitable  study, 
and  one  in  which  each  fresh  student  may  do  real 
solid  work.  It  is  all  the  little  facts  observed  by 
naturalists  from  time  to  time  all  over  the  world, 
which  on  being  collected  together  form  the  nucleus 
of  knowledge  ;  for  indeed  all  the  scientific  knowledge 
which  we  possess  is  little  more  than  a  nucleus,  with 
which  we  are  supplied.  The  mere  collector  of 
curious  objects  in  no  way  furthers  science.  Plenty 
of  people  have  amassed  beautiful  collections  of 
insects  interesting  in  their  way,  but  of  very  tran- 
sient interest  if  it  goes  no  farther.  The  collector 
possibly  knows  nothing  at  all  of  the  wonderful 
internal  structure  of  the  animals  he  preserves.  His 
insects  are  to  him  simply  a  mosaic — a  collection  of 
pretty  works  of  art.  So  also  the  shell-collector — 
for  I  cannot  call  such  a  one  as  I  describe  a  concho- 
logist — has  often,  I  believe,  the  most  vague  ideas  of 
what  kind  of  animals  they  were  that  dwelt  in  the 
cases  he  so  carefully  treasures,  and  his  collection  is 
consequently  of  a  dubious  worth  to  him.  Now,  to 
those  who  study  the  anatomy  of  the  mollusc  as 
well  as  its  shell,  such  a  collection  is  full  of  the 


BONES.  23 

deepest  interest.  He  has  learnt  from  his  dissections 
that  the  habits  of  every  variety  of  mollusc  are 
accompanied  by  a  variety  of  structure,  which  occa- 
sions a  variety  in  the  shape  of  the  case  which  en- 
velopes it.  It  all  blends  together,  and  forms  a 
harmonious  whole.  With  a  real  love  for  science, 
as  doubtless  some  of  these  collectors  have,  one  is- 
sorry  to  see  so  much  time  and  money  wasted  on  a 
pursuit  which  in  their  hands  yields  no  fruit  of  any 
worth.  The  work  of  the  mere  collector  can  only  be 
classed  with  that  of  the  compiler  of  a  stamp-album. 
Whereas,  collections  of  natural  objects,  combined 
with  intelligent  study,  are  invaluable  and  almost 
indispensable  to  the  naturalist. 

In  Mr.  Chivers's  note  on  Preserving  Animals, 
No.  117  of  '  Science-Gossip,'  the  following  passage 
occurs: — "The  skeleton  must  be  put  in  an  airy  place 
to  dry,  but  not  in  the  sun  or  near  the  fire,  as  that 
will  turn  the  bones  a  bad  colour."  I  cannot  com- 
prehend how  this  idea  should  have  arisen.  Perhaps 
the  most  indispensable  assistant  to  the  skeleton  pre- 
parer  is  that  very  sun  which  Mr.  Chivers  warns  him 
against.  The  bleaching  power  of  the  rays  of  a  hot 
summer  sun  is  astounding,  and  bones  of  the  most 
inferior  colour  can  rapidly  be  turned  to  a  beautiful 
white  by  this  means.  It  is  for  want  of  time  and  care 
in  following  out  this  method  that  the  professional 


BONES. 


skeleton  preparers  in  London  resort  to  the  aid  d 
lime,  which,  although  it  makes  them,  white,  is  ter- 
ribly detrimental  to  the  bones  themselves.  In  a 
smoky  city  like  London,  the  principle  of  sun- 
bleaching  would  be  hard  to  follow ;  but  so  great  is 
its  value,  that  more  than  once  I  have  had  valuable 
specimens  sent  down  to  me  in  the  country,  by  a  com- 
parative anatomist  in  London,  to  undergo  a  course  of 
sun-bleaching ;  and  a  specimen  which  I  have  re- 
ceived stained  and  blotched,  I  have  returned  of  a 
beautiful  uniform  white,  a  change  entirely  due  to 
that  sun  which  we  are  told  to  beware  of. 

The  question,  How  are  skeletons  to  be  prepared  ? 
is  one  which  is  repeatedly  asked.  People  desire  a 
method  by  which  with  little  trouble  the  flesh  may 
be  removed  from  a  specimen,  and  a  beautiful  skeleton 
of  ivory  whiteness  left  standing  in  its  natural  posi- 
tion. I  can  assure  all  such  inquirers  that  this  can- 
not be  accomplished  by  any  method  at  all.  The  art 
of  preparing  bones  is  a  long,  elaborate,  and  difficult 
one,  and  he  who  wishes  to  become  a  proficient  in  it 
must  be  alike  regardless  to  the  most  unpleasant 
odours,  and  to  handling  the  most  repulsive  objects. 
Mr.  Chivers's  receipt  for  the  maceration  of  specimens 
is  about  the  best  which  one  could  have,  only  I  should 
not  advise  so  frequent  a  change  of  the  water.  What 
is  needed  is  as  rapid  a  decomposition  of  the  flesh  as 


BONES.  25 

is  possible,  and  then  the  cleaning  of  the  skeleton 
just  before  the  harder  ligaments  have  also  dissolved 
But  this  requires  very  careful  watching,  and  with 
the  utmost  pains  it  is  almost  impossible  to  get  a 
skeleton  entirely  connected  by  its  own  ligaments. 

Another  point  which  must  be  taken  into  consider- 
ation is  this :  What  use  is  to  be  made  of  the  spe- 
cimens after  they  are  prepared  ?  Are  they  for 
purposes  of  real  study,  or  simply  as  curious  objects 
to  look  at?  If  the  latter  is  the  purpose,  I  must 
confess  I  do  not  think  they  are  worth  the  trouble 
of  preparing.  If  the  former  is  the  object  for  which 
they  are  intended,  then  I  think  no  care  or  pains  are 
thrown  away.  But  for  the  real  student  of  Osteology 
the  separated  bones,  as  a  rule,  are  far  more  valuable 
than  those  which  are  connected.  He  needs  one  or 
two  set  up  for  purposes  of  reference,  but  the  great 
bulk  of  his  specimens  should  be  separate  bones. 
Osteology  is  one  of  the  most  delightful  branches 
of  comparative  anatomy,  and  one  not  very  hard  to 
master.  Let  anyone  try  the  experiment  by  getting 
together  a  few  bones — and  those  from  the  rabbit 
or  the  partridge  we  have  had  for  dinner  are  by  no 
means  to  be  despised — and  then,  by  purchasing 
Flower's  'Osteology  of  the  Mammalia,'  which  is  a, 
cheap  and  first-rate  book,  he  will  learn  what  the 
study  of  the  skeleton  really  is.  And  then  let  him 


26  BONES. 

be  on  the  look-out  for  specimens  of  all  kinds  on 
all  occasions,  bringing  home  all  suitable  objects  he 
meets  with  in  his  walks,  however  unsavoury  they 
may  be,  and  he  will  be  astonished  to  find  how  many 
specimens  he  will  get  together  in  the  course  of  a 
year.  I  have  now  myself  upwards  of  seventy  skulls 
of  various  kinds,  with  often  the  rest  of  the  skeleton 
as  well,  the  greater  part  of  which  were  gradually 
collected,  by  keeping  constantly  on  the  watch  for 
them,  within  a  year  and  a  half. 


BIRDS'  EGGS.  27 


III. 

BIRDS'  EGGS. 

BY  THOMAS  SOUTHWELL,  F.Z.S.,  ETC. 

I  CAN  imagine  no  branch  of  natural  history  more 
fascinating  in  its  nature,  or  more  calculated  to  attract 
the  attention  of  the  young,  than  the  study  of  the 
nests  and  eggs  of  birds ;  the  beauty  of  the  structure 
of  the  one,  and  of  the  form  and  colour  of  the  others, 
cannot  fail  to  excite  wonder  and  admiration;  and 
the  interest  thus  excited,  if  rightly  directed,  may, 
and  indeed  has,  in  many  instances,  lead  to  the  de- 
velopment of  that  passionate  love  for  all  nature's 
works,  that  careful  and  patient  spirit  of  investigation, 
and  that  deep  love  for  truth  which  should  all  be 
characteristics  of  the  true  naturalist.  Who  can  look 
back  upon  the  days,  perhaps  long  passed  away,  when 
as  a  school-boy  he  wandered  through  the  woods  and 
fields,  almost  every  step  unfolding  to  him  some  new 
wonder,  some  fresh  beauty — glimpses  of  a  world  of 
wonders  only  waiting  to  be  explored — who  can  look 
back  to  such  a  time  without  feeling  that  in  those 
wanderings  there  dawned  upon  his  mind  a  source  of 
happiness  which  in  its  purity  and  intensity  ranks 


28  BIRDS'  EGGS. 

high  amongst  those  earthly  pleasures  we  are  per- 
mitted to  enjoy,  and  which  has  influenced  him  for 
good  in  all  the  changes  which  have  since  come  upon 
him,  lightening  the  captivity  of  the  sick  room,  and 
adding  fresh  brightness  to  the  enjoyments  of  health. 

Between  the  true  naturalist  and  the  mere  "col- 
lector "  there  is  a  wide  gap,  and  I  trust  that  none  for 
whom  I  am  writing  will  allow  themselves  to  drift  into 
the  latter  class ;  the  incalculable  mischief  wrought  by 
those  who  assist  in  the  extermination  of  rare  and 
local  species  by  buying  up  every  egg  of  a  certain 
species  which  can  be  obtained,  for  the  mere  purpose 
of  exchange,  cannot  be  too  much  deprecated,  •<  nd  I 
hope  that  none  of  my  readers  will  be  so  guilty ;  to 
them  the  pleasures  of  watching  the  nesting  habits 
of  the  bird,  the  diligent  search  and  the  successful 
find  are  unknown;  the  eggs  in  such  a  cabinet  are 
mere  egg-shells,  and  not  objects  pregnant  with  in- 
terest, recalling  many  a  happy  ramble,  and  many 
a  hardly-earned  reward  in  the  discovery  of  facts  and 
habits  before  unknown.  Every  naturalist  must  be 
more  or  less  a  collector,  but  the  naturalist  should 
always  be  careful  of  drifting  into  the  collector,  his 
note-book  and  his  telescope  should  be  his  constant 
and  harmless  companions. 

When  the  writer  first  commenced  his  collection, 
the  mode  of  preparing  the  specimens  for  the  cabinet 
was  very  rude  indeed,  and  the  method  of  arranging 


BIRDS   EGGS.  29. 

equally  bad ;  he  is  sorry  to  say  the  popular  books 
upon  the  subject  which  he  has  seen  do  not  present 
any  very  great  improvement ;  in  giving  the  results 
of  his  own  experience,  and  the  plan  pursued  by  the 
most  distinguished  oologists  of  the  day,  who  have 
kindly  allowed  him  to  explain  the  methods  they 
adopt,  he  will,  he  trusts,  save  not  only  much  useless 
labour,  but  many  valuable  specimens. 

Before  saying  a  word  as  to  preparing  specimens  for 
the  cabinet,  I  wish  to  impress  upon  the  young  oolo- 
gist  the  absolute  necessity  for  using  the  greatest 
care  and  diligence  in  order  satisfactorily  to  identify, 
beyond  possibility  of  doubt,  every  specimen,  before 
he  admits  it  to  his  collection.  Without  such  pre- 
cautions, what  might  otherwise  be  a  valuable  col- 
lection is  absolutely  worthless;  and  it  is  better  to 
have  a  small  collection  of  authentic  specimens  than 
a  much  larger  one,  the  history  of  which  is  not  per- 
fectly satisfactory ;  in  fact,  it  is  a  good  rule  to  banish 
from  the  cabinet  every  egg  which  is  open  to  the 
slightest  doubt.  There  are  some  eggs  which,  when 
mixed,  the  most  experienced  oologist  will  find  it 
impossible  to  separate  with  certainty,  and  which 
cannot  be  identified  when  once  they  are  removed 
from  the  nest. 

The  difficulties  in  the  way  of  authentication  are 
by  no  means  slight,  but  space  will  not  allow  me  to 
dwell  upon  them ;  the  most  ready  means,  however. 


30  BIRDS'  EGGS. 

is  that  of  watching  the  old  bird  to  the  nest,  although 
even  in  this,  as  the  collector  will  find  by  experience, 
there  is  a  certain  liability  to  error.  In  collecting 
abroad  it  will  be  found  absolutely  necessary  (how- 
ever reluctant  we  may  be  to  sacrifice  life)  to  pro- 
cure one  of  the  parents  with  the  nest  and  eggs.  As 
we  are  writing  for  beginners  at  home,  we  trust  such 
a  measure  will  rarely  be  necessary;  but  that  an 
accurate  knowledge  of  the  appearance  of  the  bird, 
its  nesting  habits,  the  situation,  and  the  materials 
of  which  the  nest  is  composed,  will  be  found  amply 
sufficient  to  identify  the  eggs  of  our  familiar  birds. 
This  knowledge  of  course  is  only  to  be  obtained  by 
patient  and  long  observation ;  but  it  is  just  by  such 
means  that  the  student  obtains  the  practical  in- 
sight into  the  habits  and  peculiarities  of  the  objects 
of  his  study,  together  with  the  careful  and  exact 
method  of  recording  his  observations,  which  even- 
tually enables  him  to  take  his  place  amongst  the 
more  severely  scientific  naturalists  whom  he  desires 
to  emulate. 

I  will  first  describe  the  tools  required,  and  then 
proceed  to  the  mode  of  using  them. 

Figs.  4  and  5  are  drills  used  for  making  the  hole 
in  the  side  of  the  egg,  from  which  the  contents 
are  discharged  by  means  of  the  blowpipe,  Fig.  6. 
Fig.  4  has  a  steel  point,  brass  ferrule,  and  ebony 


BIRDS     EGGS. 


31 


Fig.  4.      Fig.  5. 


handle,  and  may  be  used  for  eggs  up  to  the  size  of 
the  wood-pigeon's ;  Fig.  5  is  all  steel,  the  handle 
octagonal,  to  give  a  firm  hold  to  the  fingers  in 
turning  it,  and  may  be  used  for  eggs  from  the  size 
of  the  wood-pigeon's  upwards.  The 
points  of  both  are  finely  cut  like 
the  teeth  of  a  file,  as  shown  in  the 
woodcut.  The  blowpipe,  Fig.  6,  is 
about  5J  inches  in  length  (mea- 
sured along  the  curve),  and  is  made 
of  German  silver,  which  from  its 
cleanliness,  lightness,  and  freedom 
from  corrosion,  will  be  found  the 
most  suitable :  it  should  be  light 
and  tapering,  and  with  a  ring  at  the 
upper  ei  d  to  prevent  it  from  slip- 
ping out  of  the  mouth  when  used. 
A  piece  of  thin  wire,  Fig.  7,  should 
be  kept  in  the  tube  when  not  in  use, 
to  prevent  it  from  becoming  stopped 
up  by  any  foreign  substance.  A 
common  jeweller's  blowpipe  may  be 
used  for  large  eggs,  such  as  those  of 
gulls  and  ducks.  Fig.  8  is  a  small 
glass  bulb-tube,  which  may  be  used 
for  sucking  out  the  contents  of  very  delicate  eggs, 
and  other  purposes,  which  will  be  explained  here- 


32 


BIRDS    EGGS. 


Fig.  6.      Fig.  Y. 


Glass  Bulb-tube, 
for  sucking  eggs. 


German-silver 
Blowpipe. 


Wire  for  unstop- 
ping ditto. 


BIKDS'   EGGS.  33 

after.     The  small  drill  and  blowpipe  may  be  carried 
inside  the  cover  of  the  note-books. 

The  sooner  a  fresh  egg  is  emptied  of  its  contents 
after  it  is  taken  from  the  nest  the  better.  This 
should  be  done  by  making  a  hole  in  the  side  with 
the  drill  (choosing  the  side  which  is  least  conspicu- 
ously marked)  by  working  it  gently  backwards  and 
forwards  between  the  forefinger  and  thumb,  and 
taking  great  care  not  to  press  too  heavily,  or  the  egg 
will  burst  with  the  outward  pressure  of  the  drill  :  a 
very  small  hole  will  generally  be  found  sufficient. 
When  this  is  done,  take  the  egg  in  the  left  hand 
with  the  hole  doivnwards,  introduce  the  blowpipe, 
by  blowing  gently  through  which,  the  contents  may 
soon  be  forced  out.  Water  should  then  be  intro- 
duced by  means  of  a  syringe  or  the  bulb-tube, 
which  may  be  filled  and  blown  into  the  egg.  After 
shaking,  blow  the  water  out  again  by  means  of  the 
blowpipe ;  repeat  this  till  the  egg  is  free  from  any 
remains  of  the  yolk  or  white  :  should  the  egg  not  be 
quite  fresh,  it  will  require  more  washing.  Care 
should  be  taken  to  wet  the  surface  of  the  egg  as 
little  as  possible.  After  washing  the  interior,  lay 
the  egg,  with  the  hole  downwards,  on  a  pad  of 
blotting-paper  to  drain  till  it  is  quite  dry.  Should 
the  eggs  be  much  incubated,  I  should  recommend 
that  the  old  birds  be  left  to  complete  their  labour 

D 


34  BIRDS'  EGGS. 

of  love ;  but  a  valuable  egg  may  be  made  available 
by  carefully  cutting  a  piece  out  of  the  side,  extract- 
ing the  young  one,  and,  after  replacing  the  piece  of 
shell  with  strong  gum-water,  covering  the  join  with 
a  slip  of  very  thin  silk-paper,  which  may  be  tinted 
so  as  to  resemble  the  egg,  and  will  scarcely  be 
noticed.  This  is  a  very  rough  way  of  proceeding, 
however,  compared  with  Professor  Newton's  plan  of 
gumming  several  thicknesses  of  fine  paper  over  the 
side  of  the  egg  to  strengthen  it,  through  which  the 
hole  is  drilled :  the  young  chick  is  then  cut  into 
small  pieces  by  means  of  suitable  instruments,  and 
the  pieces  removed  with  others  :*  the  paper  is  then 
damped  and  removed  from  the  egg. 

The  old  plan  of  making  two  holes  in  the  side  of 
the  egg  is  very  objectionable :  a  hole  at  each  end  is 
still  worse.  Many  eggs  would  be  completely  spoiled 
by  washing ;  none  improved.  There  is  no  necessity 
for  washing  at  all,  except  such  as  are  very  filthy, 
and  these  eggs  (which  you  may  be  sure  are  not 
fresh)  are  not  such  as  should  be  willingly  accepted  as 
specimens:  a  little  dirt  only  adds  to  the  natural 
appearance  of  the  egg ;  washing  in  most  cases  cer- 

*  "Suggestions  for  forming  Collections  of  Birds'  Eggs."  By 
Professor  Newton.  Written  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution  of 
Washington,  and  republished  by  Newman,  9,  Devonshire  Street, 
Bishopsgate. 


BIRDS'  EGGS.  3c 

tainly  does  not.  Never  use  varnish  to  the  shell ;  ii 
imparts  a  gloss  which  is  not  natural :  all  eggs  should 
not  have  a  polished  appearance  like  those  of  the 
Woodpecker.  Should  the  yolk  be  dried  to  the  side 
of  the  egg,  a  solution  of  carbonate  of  soda  should 
be  introduced:  let  it  remain  till  the  contents  are 
softened,  then  blow  out  and  wash  well.  Great  care 
must  be  taken  not  to  allow  the  solution  to  come  in 
contact  with  the  outside  of  the  egg.  Having  blown 
the  egg,  and  allowed  the  inside  to  become  quite  dry, 
procure  some  thin  silk-paper  gummed  on  one  side, 
and  with  a  harness-maker's  punch  cut  out  a  number 
of  little  tickets  suitable  to  the  size  of  the  hole  in  the 
egg,  moisten  one  of  these,  and  place  it  with  the  gum 
side  downwards  over  the  hole,  so  as  to  quite  cover 
it ;  cover  the  ticket  with  a  coat  of  varnish,  which 
will  render  it  air-tight  and  prevent  its  being  aifected 
by  moisture.  The  egg  thus  treated  will  have  all  the 
appearance  of  a  perfect  specimen,  and  if  kept  from 
the  light  will  suffer  very  little  from  fading. 

The  note-book  has  been  mentioned.  This  should 
be  a  constant  companion  ;  nothing  should  be  left  to 
memory.  When  an  egg  is  taken,  a  temporary  pencil 
number  should  at  once  be  placed  upon  it,  and  this 
number  should  correspond  with  the  number  attached 
to  an  entry  in  the  note-book,  describing  the  nest  (if 
not  removed),  its  situation,  number  of  eggs,  day  of 

~ 


3t>  BIRDS'    EGGS. 

month,  and  any  other  particular  of  interest.  When 
the  egg  is  ready  for  the  cabinet,  as  much  of  this 
information  (certainly,  name,  date,  and  locality) 
should  be  indelibly  marked  upon  it  as  conveniently 
can  be  done  (neatly,  of  course,  and  on  the  under 
side) ;  also  the  number  referring  to  the  collector's 
general  list  of  his  collection,  into  which  the  im- 
portant parts  of  the  entry  from  the  note-book  should 
be  copied.  Never  trust  to  gummed  labels,  which 
are  always  liable  to  come  off ;  by  writing  the  neces- 
sary particulars  upon  the  egg  itself  there  can  be  no 
confusion  or  mistake.  Most  collectors  have  their 
own  plan  of  cataloguing  their  collection.  I  have 
adopted  the  following,  which  I  find  to  answer  very 
well.  Obtain  a  blank  paper  book  the  size  of  common 
letter-paper,  rule  a  horizontal  line  across  the  centre 
of  each  page,  and  make  a  complete  list  of  British 
birds,  placing  only  two  names  on  each  page,  one  at 
the  head  of  each  division,  prefixing  a  progressive 
number  to  each  name :  this  number  is  to  agree  with 
that  marked  on  the  egg  of  the  species  named.  Then 
follow  the  locality  whence  the  egg  came,  by  whom 
taken  (if  not  by  myself),  or  how  it  came  into  my 
possession,  with  any  other  particular  worthy  of  note. 
With  all  eggs  received  in  exchange  or  otherwise, 
this  note  should,  if  possible,  be  obtained  in  the 
handwriting  of  the  person  from  whom  they  are  re- 


BIRDS     EGGS.  37 

ceivecl,  and  the  slip  on  which  it  is  written  be  affixed 
in  the  book  under  the  number.  When  specimens  of 
the  eggs  of  the  same  species  are  obtained  from 
various  localities,  those  from  each  locality  should  be 
distinguished  by  a  letter  prefixed  to  the  number. 
The  plan  will  be  better  understood  by  referring  to 
the  following  extract : 

62.  GREAT  SEDGE-WARBLER  (Sylvia  turtoidcs,  Meyer). 

62.  Keceived  of ,  from  the  cabinet  of  Mr. . 

a62.  Taken  by ,  a  servant  of ,  on  the  banks  of  the  river 

Tongreep,  near  Valkenswaard,  in  the  south  of  Holland, 
on  the  9th  of  June,  1855.  The  birds  may  be  heard  a  long 
way  oft'  by  their  incessant  "  Kara,  Kara,  Kara."  A  few 
years  ago  not  one  was  to  be  found  near  Valkeuswaard. 

A.  B 

662.  Bought  at  Antwerp  in  August,  1865. 


118.  MEALY  BED-POLE  (Fringilla  borealis,  Tern.). 

118.  Nyborg,  at  the  head  of  Msesk  Fjord  (one  of  the  two 
branches  into  which  Varanger  Fjord  divides),  East 
Fiumark,  Norway,  July,  1855.  The  birds  were  very 
plentiful,  and  only  one  species  seen,  which  appears 
quite  identical  with  that  which  visits  England  every 
winter. 

C.  D.  E 

By  means  of  these  entries,  and  the  corresponding 
number  on  the  egg,  mistakes  are  impossible,  and  the 
name  and  history  of  each  egg  would  be  quite  as  well 
known  to  a  stranger  as  to  the  possessor.  It  needs 
not  to  be  said  that  this  catalogue  is  replete  with  the 


38  BIRDS'  EGGS. 

deepest  interest  to  its  compiler.  In  it  he  sees 
the  record  of  many  a  holiday  trip  and  many  a  suc- 
cessful find.  Some  of  the  entries  in  my  own  register 
— the  earliest  date  back  five-and-twenty  years — are 
memorials  of  companions  long  since  dead,  or  sepa- 
rated by  rolling  oceans,  but  on  whose  early  friendship 
it  is  a  pleasure  to  dwell. 

Nothing  can  be  more  vexatious  and  disappointing 
than  the  receipt  of  a  box  of  valuable  eggs  in  a 
smashed  or  injured  condition  from  want  of  care  or 
knowledge  of  the  proper  method  of  packing.  A 
simple  method  is  recommended  by  Professor  Newton, 
which,  from  experience,  I  can  confidently  recom- 
mend : — Roll  each  egg  in  tow,  wool,  or  some  elastic 
material,  and  pack  them  closely  in  a  stout  box, 
leaving  no  vacant  place  for  them  to  shake;  or  a 
layer  of  soft  material  may  be  placed  at  the  bottom 
of  the  box,  and  upon  it  a  layer  of  eggs,  each  one 
wrapped  loosely  in  old  newspaper ;  upon  this  another 
layer  of  wool  or  moss,  then  again  eggs,  and  packing 
alternately  until  the  box  is  quite  full.  Bran,  saw- 
dust, &c.,  should  never  be  used ;  and  it  should  be 
ascertained  that  the  box  is  quite  filled,  so  that  no 
shaking  or  settlement  can  occur. 

Almost  every  collector  has  his  own  plan  for  con- 
structing his  cabinet,  and  displaying  his  collection 


BIRDS'  EGGS.  39 

The  beginner,  if  left  to  himself,  will  find  it  a  matter 
of  no  small  difficulty,  and  many  will  be  the  changes 
before  he  arrives  at  one  at  all  satisfactory.  Mr. 
Osbert  Salvin  has  invented  a  plan  which  I  think  as 
near  perfection  as  it  is  possible  to  arrive  at,  and 
through  his  kindness  I  am  enabled  to  give  a  brief 
description  of  it.  In  the  first  place,  his  cabinets  are 
so  constructed  that  the  drawers,  of  different  depths, 
are  interchangeable.  This  is  effected  by  placing  the 
runners,  which  carry  the  drawers,  at  a  fixed  distance 
from  each  other  and  making  the  depth  of  each  drawer 
a  multiple  of  the  distance  between  the  runners. 
For  example :  if  the  runners  are  three-quarters  of  an 
inch  off  each  other,  then  let  the  drawers  be  1J,  2J, 
3,  3J-,  4J,  &c.,  inches  deep.  All  these  drawers  will 
be  perfectly  interchangeable,  and  a  drawer  deep 
enough  to  hold  an  ostrich's  egg  can  in  a  few  moments 
be  placed  amongst  those  containing  warblers' :  every 
requirement  of  expansion  and  rearrangement  will  be 
vastly  facilitated,  involving  none  of  those  radical 
changes  so  worrying  to  a  collector.*  Mr.  Salvin's 
plan  of  arranging  the  eggs  is  equally  simple,  and 
admits  of  any  amount  of  change  with  very  little 
trouble.  Each  drawer  is  divided  longitudinally  by 

*  Of  course,  cabinets  thus  constructed  will  be  found  equally  con- 
venient for  collections  of  bird-skins,  fossils,  &c. 


40  BIRDS     EGGS. 

thin  slips  of  wood  into  three  or  more  parts,  about 
4  to  6  inches  across,  as  may  be  convenient ;  a  number 
of  sliding  stages  are  then  constructed  of  cardboard, 
by  cutting  the  cardboard  half  through,  at  exactly 
the  width  of  the  partition,  and  bending  the  sides  down 
to  raise  the  stage  to  the  required  height.  A  section 
of  one  of  these  stages  will  be  seen  in  Fig.  9,  and  the 


Section  of  Sliding  Stage. 

arrangement  in  the  drawer  at  Fig.  10.  A  number  ol 
oval  holes  are  then  to  be  cut  by  hand,  or  with  a 
wadding-punch  of  suitable  size  (altered  in  shape  by 
hammering),  and  a  thin  layer  of  cotton-wool  gummed 
on  the  upper  surface  of  the  stage :  the  holes,  of 
course,  should  be  suitable  in  size  to  the  egg  they  are 
intended  to  receive.  Between  these  stages  sliding 
partitions  must  be  placed  :  these  should  be  made  of 
just  sufficient  height  that  the  horizontal  part  may 
fit  closely  on  the  wool,  as  shown  at  Fig.  9.  These 
partitions  should  be  made  of  thin  wood  for  the 


BIRDS     EGGS. 


41 


upright  part,  along  which  a  horizontal  strip  of  card- 
board is  to  be  fastened  with  glue,  on  which  is  to  be 
placed  a  label  bearing  the  name  of  the  species  of 


.  10. 


Cabinet  Drawer  on  Mr.  Salvin's  plan. 


egg  displayed  on  the  stage,  as  seen  in  Fig.  10.  All 
this  will  be  better  understood  by  referring  to  the 
figures. 

Fig.  9  represents  a  longitudinal  section  of  one  of 


42 


BIRDS     EGGS. 


the  stages  in  its  place,  with  the  ends  of  the  two  next ;. 
1,  showing  the  cardboard  stage ;  2,  the  cotton-wool ;, 
3,  the  sliding  partition  ;  and  4,  the  horizontal  slip 
of  cardboard  to  carry  the  label. 

Fig.  10  represents  one  of  the  drawers  on  Mr. 
Salvin's  plan :  it  is  divided  into  three  parts  (1,  2,  3) 
by  fixed  partitions.  No.  1  is  represented  empty ; 
No.  2  with  the  specimens  arranged ;  No.  3  with  two 
stages  and  two  of  the  movable  partitions. 

This  may  appear  very  complicated  at  first  sight, 
but  a  few  trials  will  be  sufficient  to  master  the 
details,  and  the  result  will  be  very  beautiful  if  neatly 
carried  out.  The  eggs  are  well  shown,  not  liable  to 
fall  out  of  their  places,  and  it  is  very  little  trouble 
to  alter  the  arrangement,  every  part  being  movable. 
Each  drawer  should  be  covered  by  a  sheet  of  glass  to 
exclude  dust. 

Mr.  Salvin's  cabinet  is  an  excellent  one  for  hold- 
ing the  nests  of  birds,  which  should  be  removed  with 
as  little  damage  as  possible,  and  placed  in  the 
drawers,  under  cover  of  glass.  Great  care  must  be 
taken  to  keep  them  free  from  moth,  to  which  they 
are  very  liable ;  for  this  purpose  they  should  be 
dressed  with  the  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate. 

The  young  collector  should  remember  that  what 
is  worth  doing  at  all  is  worth  doing  well,  and  that 
the  care  bestowed  upon  his  cabinet  is  not  labour  in 


BIRDS   EGGS. 

vain ;  habits  of  exactness  and  precision  of  arrange- 
ment are  absolutely  necessary  if  he  would  make  the 
best  use  of  the  materials  which  come  in  his  way ; 
and,  above  all,  never  let  him  degenerate  into  the 
mere  collector :  his  collection  should  be  for  use,  and 
not  merely  ornamental. 


44  BUTTERFLIES   AND   MOTHS. 


IV. 

BUTTERFLIES  AND   MOTHS. 
BY  DR.  HENRY  KNAGGS. 

THE  collector  of  Lepidoptera  who  aspires  to  success 
must  read  the  book  of  nature  as  he  runs.  If  he 
have  not  the  wit  to  note  and  turn  to  account  each 
little  fact  which  may  come  under  his  observation, 
neither  he  nor  science  will  be  the  better  for  his 
collecting.  He  should,  whenever  he  makes  a 
•capture,  know  the  reason  why,  or  he  will  never  make 
a  successful  hunter.  He  should  be  ever  on  the  alert : 
his  motto,  nunquam  dormio. 

Some  collect  for  profit,  others  for  pastime ;  but 
the  aim  of  our  readers,  I  take  it,  is  not  only  to 
-acquire  a  collection  of  really  good  specimens,  but 
also  at  the  same  time  to  improve  their  minds ;  and 
the  best  way  of  effecting  this  purpose  is  to  hunt  the 
perfect  insect,  not  so  much  for  itself  as  for  the  sake 
of  the  golden  eggs,  which,  with  proper  care  and 
-attention,  will  in  due  course  yield  the  most  satis- 
factory results  in  the  shape  of  bred  specimens. 

This  being  the  case,  and  space  being  limited,  it 


BUTTERFLIES   AND    MOTHS.  45 

seems  best  to  simply  touch  upon  the  preliminary 
stages  of  insect  existence,  pointing  out  as  we  ga 
those  methods  of  collecting  and  preserving  which 
experience  has  shown  to  be  the  most  successful. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  egg-hunting  is  a 
very  profitable  occupation,  and  far  more  remunera- 
tive than  most  people  dream  of,  particularly  as  a 
means  of  acquiring  the  Sphinges,  Bombyces,  and 
Pseudo-bombyces.  Eggs,  speaking  generally,  are 
to  be  found  on  the  plants  to  which  the  various 
species  are  attached ;  and  a  knowledge  of  the  time 
during  which  the  species  remains  in  the  egg  state,, 
as  well  as  the  appearance  of  the  eggs  as  deposited 
in  nature,  should  if  possible  be  acquired  previous  to- 
proceeding  to  hunt.  The  most  practical  way  of  as- 
certaining the  food  and  time  is  to  watch  the  parent 
insect  in  the  act  of  depositing  her  ova;  but  when 
the  plant  has  been  thus  discovered,  the  best  way  is 
to  capture  her,  and  induce  her  to  lay  at  our  home. 
When  eggs  are  inconspicuous,  of  small  dimensions, 
or  artfully  concealed,  the  use  of  a  magnifyiog  glass 
is  invaluable. 

Eggs  may  be  preserved  by  plunging  them  in 
boiling  water  or  piercing  them  with  a  very  fine 
needle,  or  they  may  have  their  contents  squeezed 
out  and  be  refilled  by  means  of  a  fine  blowpipe,  with 


46  BUTTEEFLIES   AND    MOTHS. 

some  coagulable  tinted  fluid ;  but  the  shells  them- 
selves, after  the  escape  of  the  larvae,  form,  when 
mounted,  beautiful  objects  for  the  microscope. 

The  three  most  successful  plans  of  obtaining 
caterpillars  are  searching,  beating,  and  sweeping. 
The  first  requires  good  eyesight  and  a  certain 
amount  of  preparatory  knowledge  ;  the  others  are  a 
sort  of  happy-go-lucky  way  of  collecting,  useful 
enough  and  profitable  in  their  way,  but  affording  a 
very  limited  scope  for  the  exercise  of  the  wits.  In 
searching  for  larvae,  the  chief  thing  is  to  observe  the 
indications  of  their  presence.  A  mutilated  leaf,  a 
roughened  bark,  a  tumid  twig,  a  sickly  plant,  an 
unexpanded  bud,  an  abortive  flower,  or  a  windfall 
fruit,  should  at  once  set  us  thinking  as  to  the  cause ; 
or,  again,  the  webs,  the  silken  threads,  the  burrow- 
ings  and  trails,  or  the  cast-off  skins  of  larvae,  may 
first  call  our  attention  to  their  proximity.  Of  course, 
larvae  may  be  found  on  almost  all  plants,  as  well  as 
in  the  bark,  stems,  or  wood  of  many ;  but  the  col- 
lector should  fortify  himself  with  a  knowledge  of 
what  each  plant  is  likely  to  produce,  and  hunt  ac- 
cordingly ;  for  though  indiscriminate  collecting  may 
sometimes  be  successful,  it  does  not  tend  to  improve 
the  intellectual  powers. 

Beating  is  the  more  applicable  method  of  working 
trees  and  bushes.  It  is  carried  out  by  jarring  the 


BUTTERFLIES   AND    MOTHS. 


47 


larvae  from  their  positions  by  the  aid  of  a  stick  or 
pole,  in  such  a  manner  that  they  will  fall  into  an 
inverted  umbrella,  or  net ;  or  a  sheet  may  be  spread 
beneath  for  their  reception.  Sweeping  with  a  strong 
net,  passed  from  side  to  side  with  a  mower-like 
movement,  is  better  adapted  for  working  low  ground- 
herbage.  The  umbrella  net,  shown  in  Fig.  11,  is, 
perhaps,  the  best  for  the  purpose.  It  is  constructed 

Fig.  11. 


UmbreHa  Xet, 

by  hinging  two  lengths  of  jack-spring  on  two  pieces 
of  brass,  and  adapting  them  to  the  stick  of  the  net, 
the  upper  piece  of  brass  being  fixed,  the  lower 
movable. 

When  captured,  lame  should  be  transferred  to 


48  BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHfc. 

chip  boxes,  or  else  to  finely  and  freely  perforated 
tins,  the  latter  better  preserving  the  food.  A  very 
handy  box  for  the  purpose  is  formed  by  fitting  a 
second  lid  on  to  the  bottom  of  a  chip  box,  and  then 
cutting  from  the  second  lid  and  bottom  a  hole,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  12  (2)  ;  larvae  may  then  be  inserted 

through   the   hole ;    but 
Fis- 12-  when  the  lid   is   shifted 

round,  and  the  holes  are 
not  opposite,  of  course 
there  will  be  no  opening, 
as  in  Fig.  12  (1),  and  the 
Collecting  Box  for  Larva.  <  contents  are  secured  from 

escape. 

Larva  preserving  is  carried  out  by  first  killing,  and 
then  squeezing  and  extracting  the  contents  through 
the  anal  orifice  by  means  of  a  crochet  hook. 

When  this  has  been  done,  the  skin  is  inflated,  but 
not  to  such  an  extent  as  to  distend  the  segments, 
and  is  kept  thus  inflated  while  it  is  being  dried  in  a 
heated  metal  chamber.  Afterwards,  if  the  colours 
are  observed  to  have  faded,  they  may  be  cautiously 
restored  by  the  application  of  paint.  These  objects, 
mounted  on  suitable  artificial  leaves,  are  then  ready 
for  the  cabinet. 

Chrysalis  collecting  is  conducted  according  to 
the  situation  of  the  object  sought.  Some  are  to  be 


BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS.  4^ 

found  in  the  chinks  of  bark  or  under  loose  bark, 
which  may  be  detached  by  means  of  a  powerful 
lever.  Some  are  suspended  from  trees,  bushes, 
copings,  hanging  head  downwards,  or  girded  by 
silken  threads  to  low  plants  or  walls ;  others  are  to 
be  found  in  the  stems  or  trunks  of  their  food- 
plants  ;  many  are  concealed  in  cocoons  of  more  or 
less  perfect  construction,  others  again  amongst 
fallen  leaves,  but  the  majority  are  to  be  met  with 
under  the  surface  of  the  ground ;  in  which  case  we 
shall  have  to  dig  for  them  by  the  aid  of  a  trowel  or 
broad  chisel.  The  best  situations  for  subterranean 
pupae  are  open  park-like  fields,  borders  of  streams, 
open  spaces  in  fir  woods,  and  they  are  usually  situ- 
ated within  a  foot  or  so  of  the  tree  trunks,  at  the 
depth  of  two  or  three  inches,  though  sometimes 
considerably  deeper.  Of  course  both  larvae  and 
pupae  of  aquatic  species  will  have  to  be  sought  for 
in  their  element,  among  the  plants  they  frequent. 

Chrysalis  preserving  is  a  simple  matter  :  the 
pupae  may  be  killed  by  plunging  them  into  hot 
water  or  by  baking;  frequently,  however,  we  find 
that  the  natural  polish  disappears  with  death,  and 
this  may  be  restored  by  varnishing.  It  is  advisable 
that  the  cocoons  also,  where  practicable,  should  be 
preserved,  to  give  a  notion  of  their  appearance  in 
nature. 

E 


50  BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS. 

Moths  and  butterflies  may  be  sought  for  at  rest 
or  on  the  wing.  They  may  be  disturbed  from  their 
hiding  places  or  they  may  be  attracted  by  various 
alluring  baits. 

At  rest  on  stems  of  grasses  and  other  plants 
butterflies  may  be  taken  on  dull,  sunless  days ;  but 
it  requires  some  experience  to  detect  a  butterfly  with 
its  wings  raised  up  over  its  back  :  the  little  "Blues" 
may  thus  be  freely  boxed  in  their  localities.  Again, 
such  butterflies  as  hybernate  may  be  found  in  old 
sheds  and  outhouses,  or  under  stacks. 

Moths  may  be  taken  at  rest  on  tree  trunks, 
palings,  and  walls,  or  amongst  foliage  and  ground 
herbage.  Some  species  are  to  be  freely  captured 
in  this  way  after  their  evening  flight  is  over.  Of 
course,  for  evening  work,  a  lantern  to  assist  our 
vision  will  be  indispensable. 

On  the  wing,  some  butterflies  are  exceedingly 
active,  others  comparatively  sluggish  ;  some  fly 
high,  others  low.  In  hunting  them,  the  chief  points 
to  be  remembered  are  not  to  alarm,  but  rather 
cautiously  to  stalk  our  game,  and  strike,  when  we 
have  an  opportunity,  with  precision.  It  is  impor- 
tant also  to  avoid  throwing  a  shadow  over  them, 
and  it  is  a  good  plan  to  get  to  windward  of  them — 
anything  like  flurry  will  be  fatal  to  success. 

Moths  which  fly  by  day  may  be  chased  in  the 


BUTTERFLIES   AND   MOTHS.  51 

same  manner,  but  some  may  be  observed  disporting 
themselves  round  trees ;  these  must  be  watched,  and 
netted  as  they  now  and  then  descend.  Others  fly 
at  a  very  low  altitude,  and  are  only  brought  into  the 
field  of  vision  by  our  assumption  of  the  recumbent 
position.  At  night  again,  though  we  watch  for  any- 
thing stirring  the  air,  among  the  trees  or  the  herbage, 
our  tactics  are  somewhat  modified ;  for,  if  the  insect 
be  of  whitish  colour,  we  should  so  place  ourselves 
that  its  form  will  stand  boldly  out  against  a  mass  of 
dark  foliage,  whereas,  if  it  be  dingy  in  hue,  we  must 
iake  the  sky  for  our  background. 

Disturbing  insects,  and  thus  causing  them  to  start 
forth,  and  so  render  themselves  visible,  is  another 
method  of  collecting.  This  is  carried  out  in  various 
ways. 

First,  the  occupants  of  high  trees  may  be  expelled 
by  jarring  the  trunk  with  a  heavily  loaded  mallet, 
or  by  thwacking  the  trunk  with  a  long  hazel  stick ; 
but  a  sharp  look-out  must  be  kept,  for  some  sham 
death,  and  fall  plump  down,  while  others  make  off 
as  fast  as  they  can.  Other  plans  are  to  pelt  the 
trees  with  stones,  or  pump  on  them  with  a  powerful 
garden  engine,  or  beat  them  with  a  long  pole ;  and 
of  all  trees  the  most  profitable  for  this  purpose  is  the 
yew ;  though  firs,  oaks,  beeches,  and  other  trees  are 
not  to  be  despised. 

E  2 


52  BUTTERFLIES   AND    MOTHS. 

For  beating  bushes  there  is  nothing  better  than 
a  walking-stick,  and  for  low  herbage  a  long  switch 
passed  quickly  from  side  to  side  with  a  tapping 
movement  is  best  adapted.  The  tenants  of  tree 
trunks  may  be  disturbed  by  brushing  the  surface 
with  a  leafy  little  bough,  or,  better  still,  by  the  use 
of  a  strong  fan,  with  which  a  powerful  blast  may  be 
driven,  the  net  being  held  in  such  a  position  as  to 
intercept  such  insects  as  are  blown  oif. 

Thatch-beating  in  the  autumn  is  a  very  profitable 
employment,  particularly  in  the  matter  of  Depres- 
sarite.  Sweeping  need  only  be  mentioned  here,  for 
moths  collected  by  the  process  are  anything  but 
perfect  insects. 

There  are  various  methods  of  attracting  moths  and 
butterflies.    The  first  is  effected  by  confining  a  virgin 
female  in  a  muslin  cage,  the  frame 
Fig.  is.  0£  whjcn  may  be  very  readily  formed 

by  bending  three  pieces  of  cane  into 
circles,  and  fixing  these  together  at 
right  angles,  as  shown  in  Fig.  13. 
When  this  baited  cage  is  placed  in  a 
virg,  L°ePS$£    favourable  position,  and  the  weather 
is  propitious  for  the  flight  of  the 
males,  the  latter  will,  in  some  cases,  congregate,  and 
may  be  freely  captured. 

Then,  the  food-plant  of  the  species  is  an  attraction 


BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS. 


53 


at  which  we  stand  the  best  chance  of  procuring  im- 
pregnated females. 

Various  kinds  of  blooms  possess  alluring  qualities 
for  insects :  of  these,  sallow  and  ivy  are  the  greatest 
favourites  with  collectors.  They  should  be  worked 
after  dusk  by  means  of  a  lantern  and  net ;  but  the 
combination  of  a  lantern  fixed  to  a  long  stick,  with  a 

Fig.  U. 


Lantern  and  Net. 

shallow  net  beneatli  and  a  little  in  advance  of  it,  as 
shown  in  the  cut,  is  the  apparatus  best  adapted  for 
the  purpose ;  the  object  of  the  net  being  to  intercept 
any  insects  which  may  happen  to  fall  under  the 
stimulus  of  light.  These  attractions  should  be  first 
well  searched  over,  and  afterwards,  a  sheet  (split  if 
necessary)  having  been  carefully  spread  below  the 
bushes,  a  gentle  shaking  should  be  administered. 
-Besides  these  blossoms,  heather,  ragwort,  bugloss, 


54  BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS. 

eatchfly,  bramble,  various  grasses,  and  a  vast  number 
of  other  flowers,  are  wonderfully  attractive.  In 
working  patches  of  bloom  we  should  remain  sta- 
tionary and  strike  as  the  visitors  arrive.  Again,, 
over-ripe  fruit,  the  juicy  buds  of  certain  trees,  sap 
exuding  from  wounds  in  trees,  are  all  more  or  less 
attractive.  The  secretion  of  aphides,  commonly 
called  honeydew,  observable  in  hot  seasons  on  the 
leaves  of  nettles  and  various  other  plants  and  trees, 
is  also  well  worth  attention,  and  is  at  times  very 
productive  of  insects. 

Sugaring  is  the  next  attraction,  and  a  very  im- 
portant one  it  is.  "Sugar"  may  be  prepared  by 
boiling  up  equal  quantities  of  coarse  "  foots  "  sugar 
and  treacle  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  stale  beer,  a 
small  quantity  of  rum  being  added  previous  to  use, 
and  also,  if  considered  advisable,  a  flavouring  of  jar- 
gonelle pears,  anise-seed,  or  ginger-grass.  This 
mixture  should  be  applied  by  means  of  a  small  paint 
brush  to  the  trunks  of  trees,  to  foliage,  flowers,  tufts 
of  grass,  or  indeed  to  any  object  which  may  present 
a  suitable  surface ;  for  in  some  localities  we  are  put 
to  shift  to  know  where  to  spread  our  sweets.  This 
operation  should  be  performed  just  before  dusk,, 
and  soon  afterwards  the  baited  spots  should  be  visited 
and,  by  the  aid  of  a  lantern  gently  turned  on  them, 
examined,  a  net  being-  held  beneath  the  while.  The- 


BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS.  55 

best  form  of  net  for  the  purpose  is  formed  by  socket- 
ing two  paragon  wires  into  a  Y-piece  and  connecting 
their  diverging  extremities  by  a  piece  of  catgut,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  15.  The  catgut,  being  flexible,  will 
adapt  itself  (see  the  dotted  line)  to  the  surface  of  a 
tree  trunk  when  pressed  against  it.  With  regard  to 
insects  captured  at  sugar,  they  are  usually  remark- 


Fig.  16. 


Box  with  linen  joints. 


Net  for  sugaring. 

ably  quiet,  and  may  be  boxed  without  difficulty,  and, 
with  a  few  exceptions,  may  be  conveyed  home  in  the 
boxes,  care  being  taken  to  let  each  have  a  separate 
apartment.  The  boxes  should  be  strengthened  with 
strips  of  linen  pasted  round  the  joints,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  16,  otherwise  accidents  may  occur,  particularly 
on  wet  evenings  or  on  rough  ground.  The  skittish 


•56  BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS. 

iDdividuals  may  be  best  captured  by  means  of  the 
.sugaring  drum,  of  which  a  cut  is  given  in  Fig.  17. 
This  apparatus  consists  of  a  cylinder,  one  end  of 
which  is  covered  with  gauze,  the  other  provided 
with  a  circular  valve,  which  works  in  a  slic.  For 
use,  the  valve  is  opened  and  the  cylinder  placed  over 


Sugaring  Drum. 

the  insect,  which  naturally  flies  towards  the  gauze ; 
then  the  valve  is  closed,  the  corked  piston,  shown  at 
the  upper  part  of  the  cut,  placed  against  it,  the  valve 
re-opened,  the  piston  pushed  up  to  the  gauze,  the 
insect  pinned  through  the  gauze,  and  the  piston 
withdrawn  with  the  insect  transfixed  to  it. 

Light  is  another  most  profitable  means  of  attract- 


BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS.  57 

ing.  The  simplest  way  is  to  place  a  powerful  mode- 
rator lamp  upon  a  table  in  front  of  an  open  window 
which  faces  a  good  locality,  and  then  wait  net  in 
hand  for  our  visitors,  which  usually  make  their 
appearance  late  in  the  evening,  and  continue  to 
arrive  until  the  small  hours.  Those  who  prefer 
it  can  use  the  American  moth-trap,  which  is  self- 
acting,  detaining  such  insects  as  may  enter  its 
portals,  or  those  who  can  afford  the  space  may  fit 
up  a  room  on  the  same  principle.  Street  lamps  are 
very  profitable  certain  localities,  and  amply 
reward  the  collector  who  perseveringly  and  minutely 

Fig.  13 


Cyauide  Bottle  and  Ferrule. 


examines  them.  The  apparatus  depicted  in  Fig.  18 
is  very  useful  for  taking  off  such  insects  as  may  be 
on  the  glass  of  the  lamp:  it  consists  of  a  cyanide 
bottle  attached  by  a  ferrule  to  the  end  of  a  suffi- 
ciently long  stick.  When  placed  over  an  insect, 


58  BUTTEEFLIES   AND    MOTHS. 

stupefaction  is   quickly   produced.      A   net   of  the 
shape  represented  in  Fig.  19  is  also  very  useful  for 

getting  at  the  various  part& 
Fig.  19.  f  , , 

ot  the  lamp. 

The  best  methods  of  stu- 
pefying and  killing  insects 
on  the  field  is  the  cyanide 
bottle,  prepared  by  placing 
Lamp  Net.  alternate  layers  of  cyanide 

of  potassium  and  blotting- 
paper  in  the  bottom  of  a  wide-mouthed  bottle,  the 
mouth  of  which  is  accurately  stopped  with  a  cover, 
which  is  better  for  the  purpose  than  a  bung.     The 
chloroform  bottle,  which  is  generally  made   with  a 
p.    20         little  nipple,  through  which  the  fluid  flows 
slowly  out,  and  covered  with  a  screw- tap,  as 
r\        in  the  cut  20,  is  also  handy.      The  chloro- 
:    fl          form  should  be  dropped  over  perforations 
in  the  box  containing  our  patient,  these 
perforations  having  been  previously  made 
by  a  few  stabs  of  a  penknife.     After  the 
fluid  is  dropped,  our  thumb  should  cover 


Chloroform  it,  when  the  vapour  will  quickly  enter,  and' 
the  inmate  speedily  become  insensible. 
Afterwards  the  coup  de  grace  may  be  given  to  the 
insect  by  pricking  it  under  the  thorax  with  the  nib 
of  a  steel  pen  dipped  in  a  saturated  solution  of  oxalic 


BUTTERFLIES   AM)    MOTHS.  59 

acid.  If  we  are  smokers,  a  puff  of  tobacco  may  be 
blown  into  the  box  with  like  result.  If  we  are  desti- 
tute of  any  apparatus,  and  brimstone  lucifers  for  the 
purpose  of  suffocating  our  captures  under  an  inverted 
tumbler  cannot  be  obtained  at  some  roadside  inn,  we 
must  fall  back  on  the  barbarous  practice  of  pinching 
the  thoraces  of  such  as  cannot  be  carried  home  in 
boxes.  At  home  we  shall  find  the  laurel  jar  and 
ammonia  bottle  the  most  useful.  The  former  is 
made  by  partially  filling  a  large  wide -mouthed 
bottle  or  jar  with  cut  and  bruised  dry  leaves  of 
young  laurel :  if  any  dampness  hang  about  them, 
we  shall  have  the  mortification  of  seeing  our  speci- 
mens become  mildewed.  The  latter  consists  in 
adding  a  few  lumps  of  carbonate  of  ammonia,  or 
some  drops  of  strong  liquid  ammonia,  on  a  sponge, 
to  the  bottle  in  which  our  captures,  with  each  box 
lid  slightly  opened,  have  been  placed.  But  it  must 
be  borne  well  in  mind,  firstly,  that  ammonia  is  in- 
jurious to  the  colours  of  most  green  insects ;  and 
secondly,  that  if  the  specimens  be  not  well  aired 
after  having  been  thus  killed,  the  pins  with  which 
they  are  transfixed  will  become  brittle  and  break. 
Insects  should  be  left  in  the  ammonia  for  several 
hours,  and  are  then  in  the  most  delightful  condition 
for  setting  out. 

To  pin   an  insect   properly  is  a  most  'important 


'60  BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS. 

procedure.  The  moth,  if  of  moderate  dimensions 
may  be  rested  or  held  between  the  thumb  and  fore 
finger  of  the  left  hand,  while  the  corresponding 
digits  of  the  right  hand  operate  by  steadily  pushing 
a  pin  through  the  thorax,  bringing  it  out  between 
the  hind  pair  of  coxae  until  sufficient  of  the  pin  i? 
exposed  beneath  to  steady  the  insect  in  the  cabinet 
The  direction  of  the  pin  should  be  perpendicular 
when  the  insect  is  viewed  from  the  front,  as  in 

Fig.  21  Fig.  22. 


Front  View  of  properly  pinned  Side  View  of  ditto . 

Insect. 

Fig.  21 ;  but  a  lateral  view  should  show  the  pin 
•slightly  slanting  forwards,  as  in  Fig.  22.  Pins  made 
for  the  purpose  in  numerous  sizes  are  sold  by  Mr. 
-Cooke,  of  New  Oxford  Street. 

Setting  out  moths  and  butterflies  is  an  operation 
which,  if  skilfully  performed,  adds  much  to  the 
beauty  of  the  future  specimens.  The  method  of 
setting  most  popular  is  carried  out  by  means  of 
saddles  and  braces.  These  so-called  saddles  are 


BUTTERFLIES   AND    MOTHS. 


61 


pieces  of  cork  rounded  as  in  the  sectional  figure,  a 
groove  being  cut  out  for  the  reception  of  the  bodies 
of  the  insects  :  they  are  generally  strengthened  by 


Fig.  23. 


Fig.  24. 


Cork  Saddle  for  setting  out  Insects. 

a  strip  of  wood,  upon  which  they  are  glued.     Braces^ 
are   wredge-shaped    pieces   of    card    or   thick   note- 
paper,  the  thick  end  strengthened,  if  necessary,  with 
a    disc   of   card  fixed   by   shoe- 
makers' paste,  and  pierced  with 
a  pin   through   it,  as   shown  in 
Fig.  24.     The  mode  of  applica- 
tion of  these  appliances  is  beau- 
tifully shown  in  Fig.  26.*     Bui 
before  these  straps  can  be  applied, 
the  wings  must  first  be  got  into 
position  by  means  of  the  setting 
needle  and  setting  bristle,  which    Braces  for  setting  out. 
are  thus  manipulated   (the   set- 
ting bristle,  by  the  way,  being  formed  by  fixing  a. 
cat's  whisker   and  a  pin   into   a  piece  of  cork,  at. 


Figs.  26  and  27  have  been  kindly  lent  by  Messrs.  Reeve  &  Co. 


62 


BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS. 


the  angle  shown  in  Fig.  25) : — After  the  insect  is 
straightly  pinned   upon   the   saddle,  and  the  legs, 

Fig.  25. 


Setting  Bristle. 

antennae,  and,  if  necessary,  the  tongue,  got  into 
position,  the  left  fore-wing  is  to  be  pushed  or  tilted 
into  its  place  by  means  of  the  setting  needle,  which 


Moth  set  out  on  Cork  Saddle. 


is  merely  a  darning  needle  with  a  handle ;  and  s'imul- 
taneously  it  is  to  be  held  down  by  the  bristle  ;  then 
a  small  brace  should  be  applied  to  the  costa  of 


BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS.  63 

the  fore  wing.  Next  the  hind  wing  should  in  like 
manner  be  adjusted,  and  as  many  braces  as  are 
considered  necessary  to  keep  the  wings  in  their  place 
should  be  added.  Lastly,  the  right  side  of  the  insect 
should  be  treated  in  a  similar  way. 

A  very  useful  mode  of  setting,  invaluable  when 
we  are  destitute  of  saddles,  is  known  as  "  four-strap  " 
setting,  and  is  well  explained  in  Fig.  27.  In  this 

Fig.  27. 


Four-strap  setting. 

<3ase  the  lower  straps  are  first  put  into  such  a  posi- 
tion, that  when  the  insect  is  placed  over  them  the 
middle  of  each  of  the  cost£e  will  rest  upon  them ; 
then  the  wings  are  got  into  position,  and  the  second 
pair  of  straps  are  applied  over  the  wings,  the  latter 
retaining  their  position  through  the  elasticity  of 
their  costse:  two  more  straps  are  generally  added 
to  secure  the  outer  borders  of  the  wings,  as  shown 


6'4  BUTTERFLIES    AND    MOTHS. 

in  the  drawing;  but  these,  though  advantageous,  are 
not  absolutely  necessary.  The  saddles,  with  their 
contents,  should  be  kept  in  a  drying  house,  which  is 
a  box  adapted  for  their  reception,  and  freely  ven- 
tilated, until  the  specimens  are  thoroughly  dry,  when 
the  latter  may  be  cautiously  removed,  and  trans- 
ferred to  the  collection. 

To  preserve  our  collection  from  decay,  consider- 
able care  and  attention  is  necessary.  In  the  first 
place  no  insect  which  is  in.  the  least  degree  sus- 
pected of  being  affected  by  mites,  or  mould,  or 
grease,  should  on  any  account  be  admitted  to  our 
collections.  It  is  best  to  be  on  the  safe  side  and 
submit  every  insect  received  from  correspondents, 
whether  mity  or  not,  to  quarantine,  by  which  is 
meant  their  detention  for  a  few  weeks  in  a  box  the 
atmosphere  of  which  is  impregnated  with  some  va- 
pour  destructive  to  insect  life ;  such  as  that  of 
benzole.  Our  own  specimens  wre  should  kyanize 
by  touching  the  bodies  of  each  with  a  camel's-hair 
brush  dipped  in  a  solution  of  bichloride  of  mercury 
of  the  strength  six  grains  to  the  ounce  of  spirits  of 
wine, — no  stronger. 

As  for  mould,  it  is  best  destroyed  by  the  appli- 
cation of  phsenic  or  carbolic  acid,  mixed  with  three 
parts  of  ether  or  spirit.  As  preventives,  the  speci- 
mens should  be  kyanized  as  above.  Caution  in  the 


BUTTERFLIES   AND   MOTHS.  65 

use  of  laurel  as  a  killing  agent  must  be  exercised, 
and  the  collection  must  be  kept  in  a  dry  room. 

Grease  may  be  removed  by  soaking  the  insects  in 
pure  rectified  naphtha  or  benzole,  even  by  boiling 
them  in  it  if  necessary.  When  the  bodies  only  are 
greasy,  they  may  be  broken  off,  numbered,  and 
treated  as  above.  After  the  grease  is  thoroughly 
softened,  ttye  insects  should  be  covered  up  in  pow- 
dered pipeclay  or  French  chalk,  which  may  be  sub- 
sequently removed  by  means  of  a  small  sable  brush. 
As  a  precaution  against  grease,  it  is  advisable  to 
remove  the  contents  of  the  abdomina  by  slitting  up 
the  latter  beneath  with  a  finely  pointed  pair  of 
scissors  before  they  are  thoroughly  dry,  and  packing 
the  cavities  with  cotton  wool.  The  males,  especially 
of  such  species  as  have  internal  feeding  larvas,  should 
be  thus  treated. 

Some  prefer  to  keep  their  collections  in  well-made 
store  boxes,  which  possess  many  advantages  over  the 
cabinet ;  for  example,  they  may  be  kept  like  books 
in  a  bookcase,  the  upright  position  rendering  the 
contents  less  liable  to  the  attacks  of  mites ;  they  are 
more  readily  referred  to,  and  are  more  portable,  and 
they  admit  of  our  gradually  expanding  our  collec- 
tions to  any  extent.  Cabinets,  on  the  other  hand, 
are  preferred  by  many,  for  the  reasons  that  they  are 
compact  and  generally  form  a  handsome  article 

F 


66  BUTTERFLIES   AND    MOTHS. 

of  furniture  ;  moreover,  good  cabinets  are  made 
entirely  of  mahogany,  which  is  the  best  wood  for  the 
purpose ;  deal,  and  other  woods  containing  resinous 
matter,  having  a  decidedly  injurious  effect  on  the 
specimens.  As  a  preservative,  there  is,  after  all, 
perhaps  nothing  better  than  camphor ;  but  it  should 
be  used  sparingly,  or  its  tendency  will  be  to  cause 
greasiness  of  the  specimens. 


BEETLES.  67 

V. 

BEETLES. 
BY  E.  C.  EYE,  F.Z.S.,  ETC. 

THE  general  rules,  so  ably  expounded  by  Dr.  Knaggs 
in  his  instructions  for  collecting  Lepidoptera,  as  to 
constant  alertness  and  making  "  the  reason  why " 
the  starting-point  of  investigation,  apply  with  equal 
force  to  the  collector  of  Coleoptera,  and  need  not 
be  here  recapitulated.  But  they  do  not,  in  the 
instance  of  the  latter,  require  generally  to  be  ob- 
served, except  as  to  the  perfect  state  of  beetles;  for, 
owing  to  the  hidden  earlier  conditions  of  life  of  most 
of  those  insects,  and  to  the  long  period  during  which 
these  conditions  exist,  it  is  but  seldom  that  the  pur- 
suit of  rearing  them,  so  universally  and  profitably 
adopted  by  the  Lepidopterist,  is  found  of  much  use 
to  the  collector  of  beetles.  And  this  is  very  much 
to  be  regretted  ;  because,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  if 
the  latter  succeed  in  rearing  a  beetle  from  its  earliest 
stage,  and  keep  proper  notes  of  its  appearance  and 
habits,  he  will  probably  be  adding  to  the  general 
stock  of  knowledge,  as  the  lives  of  comparatively 
"*  few,  even  of  the  commonest  species,  are  recorded 
from  the  beginning.  It  may  be,  also,  in  addition 

p  9 


68  BEETLES. 

to  the  reasons  above  mentioned,  for  the  usual  want 
of  success  attending  the  rearing  of  beetle  larvae,  that 
the  fact  of  bred  specimens  being  frequently  (from 
the  artificial  conditions  attending  their  development, 
and  from  their  not  being  allowed  that  length  of 
time  which,  in  a  state  ot  nature,  they  require  after 
their  final  change  before  they  are  ready  to  take  an 
active  part  in  their  last  stage  of  life)  not  nearly  so 
good  as  those  taken  at  large,  militates  considerably 
against  the  more  general  use  of  this  method  of 
adding  to  a  collection.  In  this  respect,  of  course, 
the  Lepidopterist  is  actuated  by  precisely  opposite 
motives ;  as  lor  him,  a  bred  specimen  is  immeasur- 
ably superior  to  one  captured.  And  the  fact  of  so 
few  beetle  larvse  being  known  at  all,  or,  if  known, 
only  to  the  possessor  of  somewhat  rare  books,  renders 
it  very  likely  that  a  mere  collector,  finding  a  con- 
siderable expenditure  of  patience  and  trouble  result 
in  the  rearing  ol  a  species  of  which  he  could  at  any 
time  readily  procure  any  number  of  specimens,  may 
very  probably  abandon  rearing  for  the  future. 

These  observations,  however,  are  not  in  the  least 
intended  to  dissuade  anyone  from  breeding  or  en- 
deavouring to  breed  beetles.  On  the  contrary,  it  is 
obvious  from  them  that  it  is  precisely  by  attend- 
ing to  these  earlier  stages  that  the  earnest  student 
Cnovice  or  expert)  has  the  most  chance  of  distin- 


BEETLES.  69 

giiislring  himself,  on  account  of  the  more  open  field 
for  discovery.  And  in  the  instance  of  many  small, 
and  especially  gregarious,  beetles,  breeding  from  the 
larvae  is  frequently  very  easy,  if  only  the  substances 
(fungus,  rotten  wood,  roots,  stems  of  plants,  &c.) 
containing  them  be  carefully  left  in  precisely  the 
state  as  when  found,  and  be  exposed  to  the  same 
atmospheric  or  other  important  conditions.  In  fact, 
to  ensure  success  and  good  specimens,  it  is  best  that 
in  their  early  stages  beetles  should  be  "  let  alone 
severely." 

It  may  be  here  observed  that  we  have  been  lately 
in  this  country  indebted  to  the  minute  observations 
and  great  tact  of  some  of  our  best  students  of  Micro- 
Lepidoptera  (in  which  branch  ot  entomology  we  are 
second  to  none  in  Europe)  for  some  most  interesting 
additions  to  our  knowledge  of  habits,  and  for  long 
series  of  beetles  usually  rare  in  collections. 

Dismissing  then  the  earlier  stages  of  beetles,  the 
following  observations  will  apply  only  to  the  imago, 
or  "  beetle  proper."  And  here  I  would  repeat  how 
evident  it  is  that  the  knowledge  of  "  the  reason 
why"  is  especially  indispensable  to  the  beetle  col- 
lector, judging  from  the  extreme  rarity  of  the  occur- 
rence of  any  new  or  valuable  insect  in  the  stores  of 
a  mere  random  collector  or  a  beginner.  For  him, 
no  old  hand  detects  an  equivalent  to  Daplidice  or  La- 


70  BEETLES. 

thonia  in  his  duplicate  boxes  ;  whereas,  among  Lepi- 
dopterists,  "  school-boy's  luck  "  is  proverbial.  I  can 
give  no  reason  for  this  statement,  founded  on  my 
own  (by  no  means  trifling)  experience  in  the  way  of 
examining  specimens.  And  in  this  idea  I  think  I 
am  corroborated  by  the  very  great  rarity  in  old 
collections  and  records  of  many  species  now  uni- 
versally common;  the  directions  in  older  manuals, 
as  to  looking  under  stones,  on  walls,  paths,  &c., 
pretty  clearly  showing  that  the  majority  of  captures 
in  the  olden  time  were  what  are  now  irreverently 
designed  as  "  flukes."  Still,  it  is  astonishing  to  what 
good  account  a  sharp  observer  may  turn  these  casual 
meetings,  often  to  him  resulting  in  the  discovery  of 
"  the  reason  why  "  as  to  the  particular  species  acci- 
dentally found,  and  to  the  correlative  increase  of  his 
collection.  And,  apart  from  captures  during  collect- 
ing expeditions,  good  things  will  at  times  occur  to 
the  alert  entomologist:  one,  for  instance,  who  will 
startle  his  friends  in  the  streets  by  suddenly  swoop- 
ing with  his  hat  after  an  atom  flying  in  the  sunshine, 
or  who  is  not  too  proud  to  pick  up  another,  racing  on 
the  hot  pavement,  during  those  days  of  early  spring, 
when  the  insect  myriads,  revelling  in  warmth  and 
light,  after  their  long  winter's  durance,  may  be  seen 
madly  dashing  about,  even  in  towns :  on  such  a  day, 
for  instance,  as  that  whereon  a  certain  well-known 


BEETLES.  71 

doctor  among  the  beetles  found  that  living  carabi- 
deous  gem  Anchomenus  sexpunctatus,  far  from  its 
native  Sphagnum  and  heath,  wandering  on  the  flag- 
stones of  the  W.C.  district. 

But,  before  referring  to  special  modes  of  hunting, 
it  may  be  as  well  to  mention  the  instrumenta  belli 
required  for  the  equipment  of  the  Coleopterist  in 
this  country.  These  are  but  few,  and  of  the  simplest 
kind ;  indeed,  in  entomology,  as  in  the  gentle  art  of 
angling,  it  is  often  the  most  roughly  accoutred  that 
secures  the  best  basket.  The  umbrella  net,  figured 
at  p.  47,  used  both  for  beating  into  and  sweeping, 
cannot  be  dispensed  with,  and  a  beating  stick  can 
be  cut  out  of  the  nearest  hedge.  The  net  itself 
should  be  of  fine  "cheese  cloth,"  or  some  strong 
fabric  that  allows  the  passage  of  air,  but  not  of 
beetles;  otherwise,  if  of  too  close  a  fibre,  it  is  apt 
to  "  bag "  with  the  inclosed  air,  and  reject  its  con- 
tents during  the  operation  of  sweeping.  The  net 
being  of  course  used  with  the  right  hand,  its  left 
top  edge  especially  bears  the  brunt  of  the  attendant 
friction,  and  gets  soon  worn;  it  is  consequently 
advisable  to  have  an  outer  strip  of  stout  "  leather- 
cloth"  sewn  strongly  over  the  rim  there  for  some 
little  distance,  extending  that  protection  also  to  the 
right  top  edge,  though  not  for  so  long  a  space.  The 
curved  handle  of  the  stick  should  be  sawn  off  as  soon 


72 


BEETLES. 


as  possible ;  it  frequently  catches  in  the  pockets  of 
the  sweeper,  causing  a  jerk  to  the  net,  and  dispersal 
of  its  contents.  For  a  similar  reason,  the  ferruled 
apex  may  well  be  removed.  Some  collectors  keep 
the  sharp  cutting  edge  of  the  spring  sides  of  the  net 
uncovered,  sewing  the  net  itself  to  holes  drilled  at 
intervals  on  the  lower  side  of  the  springs :  a  net  of 
this  kind  cuts  very  close,  and  where  there  is  much 
herbage  soon  gets  full  of  fragments,  taking  a  long 
time  to  examine.  It  will  be  found  handy  if  the  bag 
of  the  net  be  cut  to  a  point  from  the  front  towards 
the  handle  side :  this  causes  the  contents  to  gravitate 
to  the  bottom,  as  far  as  possible  from  the  point  where 
the  rim  meets  the  substance  swept. 

A  common  umbrella  (easily  slung  by  a  stout  string 
over  the  back  when  not  in  use)  is  an  admirable  (some 
think,  superior)  substitute  for  this  net,  as  it  can  be 
held  up  higher  by  the  ferrule,  and  tall  bushes  and 
trees  (of  which  the  branches  nearer  the  top  are 
usually  most  productive)  can  be  beaten  into  it  with 
more  certainty  of  their  beetle  contents  being  caught. 
The  steel  frames  will  be  found  in  the  way  when  the 
beetles  are  being  bottled ;  consequently,  a  good  large 
gingham  may  be  consecrated  to  collecting,  and  its 
inside  (not  merely  the  outer  ribs)  covered  all  over  up 
to  the  middle  (leaving  no  aperture  there  if  possible) 
with  thin  white  calico,  stitched  over  the  frame. 


BEETLES.  73 

Another  good  form  of  net  for  sweeping  or  dragging 
in  long  grass  or  herbage,  is  of  the  common  fishing 
landing-net  description,  made  of  very  stout  wrought- 
iron  or  steel  wire,  either  in  a  simple  hoop,  if  a  mode- 
rate size  only  be  required,  or  with  a  single  hinge  to 
fold  into  two,  or  with  three  such  hinges,  folding  into 
four,  as  may  be  desired.  I  have  used  one  of  these 
four-folding  nets  for x  years,  and  never  found  it  fail. 
One  end  is  hammered  out  flat  and  perforated,  the 
other  forming  a  male  screw  (1^  inch  long),  bent  at 
right  angles  with  the  body  of  the  frame,  passes 
through  the  hole,  and  fits  into  a  female  screw  in  a 
strong  and  long  ferrule,  fixed  in  the  usual  way  to 
the  end  of  a  stout  oaken  walking-stick.  As  the 
power  exerted  in  sweeping  with  such  a  net  is  great, 
-and  the  action  continuous,  the  simple  screw  is  not 
enough,  and  a  small  screw  hole  is  drilled  right 
through  the  ferrule  and  the  screw  end  of  the  net ; 
a  small  thumb-screw,  in  shape  like  an  old-fashioned 
clock  key,  going  transversely  through  both,  and 
effectually  hindering  lateral  displacement.  The 
framework  of  the  net  and  the  ferrule  are  better  made 
of  the  same  metal,  because,  if  made  of  two  metals  of 
different  density,  the  stronger  soon  wears  away  the 
weaker ;  and  the  stick  must  be  inserted  deeply  into 
the  ferrule,  and  held  on  with  two  deep  pins  or  small 
screws  on  opposite  sides  (not  on  the  same  level, 


74  BEETLES. 

however,  as  the  wood  is  in  that  case  weakened),  one 
being  insufficient  to  stand  the  strain.  The  net,  of 
the  same  substance  as  that  above  mentioned,  is  made 
with  a  loose  "hem"  to  slip  on  the  frame  before 
screwing  it  in  the  ferrule.  A  leather-cloth  edging  all 
round  is  advisable,  and  the  bag  should  be  cut  long 
enough  to  prevent  the  possibility  of  the  contents 
jerking  out.  Another  very  good  plan  for  securing 
the  frame  to  the  ferrule  is  to  have  both  ends  of  it 
soldered  together  into  a  deep  square-sided  plug, 
fitting  into  a  corresponding  square  hole  in  the  ferrule. 
The  small  cross-screw  or  pin  is  here  also  to  be  used; 
but  the  angles  of  the  plug  naturally  keep  a  much 
tighter  hold  than  the  worm  of  a  screw.  Such  a 
frame  as  this  cannot,  of  course,  be  folded. 

For  water  beetles,  a  similar  net  to  that  last  men- 
tioned is  effective,  but  it  should  be  stouter  and  with  a 
flat  front,  for  dredging  closely  against  the  sides  and 
bottoms  of  ponds.  The  best  substance  for  its  bag  is 
fine  sampler  canvas ;  and  a  very  large,  stout  bamboo 
cane  is  at  once  light  and  strong  for  its  stick.  To 
avoid  friction  the  bag  may  be  affixed  to  small  wire 
rings  let  into  holes  on  the  lower  edge  of  the  frame, 
or  running  on  the  frame  itself. 

A  sieve  is  one  of  the  most  remunerative  imple- 
ments, and  may  be  procured  either  simple  or  folding. 
It  consists  of  a  stout  wire-framed  circle,  connected 


BEETLES.  75 

by  a  strong  linen  band,  six  inches  deep,  with  the 
bottom  of  an  ordinary  wire  sieve,  the  meshes  of  which 
are  wide  enough  to  allow  any  beetle  to  pass  through. 
Leaves,  grass,  flood  refuse,  ants'  nests  materials,  cut 
grass,  seaweed,  haystack  and  other  debris,  are  roughly 
shaken  in  this  over  a  sheet  of  brown  paper,  which 
should  invariably  form  part  of  a  Coleopterist's  appa- 
ratus. A  stout  piece  of  double  waterproof  material 
may  be  substituted  ;  and,  in  marsh  collecting,  must 
be  used  as  a  kneeling  pad. 

For  ordinary  bark  collecting,  a  strong  ripping 
chisel  (of  which  the  blade  is  well  collared,  so  as  not 
to  slip)  is  as  useful  a  tool  as  can  be  procured ;  but 
for  real  tree  working,  no  ordinarily  portable  instru- 
ment is  thoroughly  effective.  Light  steel  hammers 
with  a  lever  spike  may  delude  the  collector  ;  but  a 
woodman's  axe,  a  saw,  a  pickaxe  or  crowbar,  will  often 
be  found  not  too  strong.  For  cutting  tufts,  &c.,  a 
strong  garden  pruning-knife  is  good,  and  an  old  fixed- 
handled  dinner-knife  (carried  in  a  sheath)  better. 
For  holding  the  results  of  the  operation  of  these 
instruments,  the  collector  needs  but  one  or  two 
collecting  bottles — one  rather  small  and  circular,  of 
as  clear  and  strong  glass  (not  cast)  as  can  be  got, 
with  a  wide  mouth  and  flat  bottom.  Its  neck  should 
not  slope,  but  be  of  even  width,  or  the  cork  will  often 
get  out  of  itself.  This  cork  should  be  a  deep  one,. 


76  BEETLES. 

and  be  perforated  longitudinally  by  a  stout  and  large 
round  quill,  the  bottom  of  which  should  be  level  with 
the  bottom  of  the  cork,  the  top  projecting  some  inch 
and  a  half,  with  the  upper  orifice  not  cut  off  straight, 
but  slightly  sloped  diagonally,  so  as  more  easily  to 
scoop  up  beetles  from  the  net  or  hand.  It  is  closed 
with  an  accurately  fitting,  soft,  wooden  plug,  rather 
longer  than  the  quill,  reaching  exactly  to  the  bottom 
of  it,  but  with  its  top  projecting  above  the  top  of  the 
quill,  and  broader  than  it,  so  as  to  be  easily  pulled 
out  by  the  teeth  when  the  hands  are  occupied.  The 
bottle  should  be  secured  by  stout  twine  to  the 
buttonhole,  enough  play  being  left  for  it  to  reach 
the  net  in  any  ordinary  position.  I  usually  secure 
the  external  junction  of  quill  and  cork  with  red 
sealing-wax,  and  have  more  than  once  found  the 
bright  red  catch  my  eye  when  I  have  lost  my  bottle. 
[N.B.  This  loss  will  always  happen  to  every  collector ; 
generally  after  a  peculiarly  lucky  day's  work :  so  use 
the  string-preventive.]  The  body  of  the  bottle  may 
usefully  be  half  covered  with  white  paper  gummed 
on.  A  few  stout,  plain  glass  tubes,  papered  in 
like  way,  and  with  plain  corks,  should  be  carried  for 
special  captures ;  and  a  cyanide  bottle,*  as  mentioned 

*  "  Killing  bottles,"  containing  cyanide  of  potassium  under  a 
layer  of  gypsum,  may  be  bought  at  most  natural-history  apparatus 
dealers,  and  are  useful  as  relaxing  depots. 


BEETLES.  77 

at  p.  57,  or  one  containing  bruised  and  shredded 
young  laurel  shoots,  will  be  found  useful  for  safely 
bringing  home  larger  species,  or  such  as  would 
devour  their  fellow-captives.  When  put  into  these, 
beetles  almost  instantly  die  and  become  rigid,  needing 
a  stay  of  two  days  or  so  to  become  relaxed,  in  which 
condition  they  will  then  safely  remain  for  a  consider- 
able period.  In  the  first  collecting  bottle  a  piece  of 
muslin  should  be  put,  to  give  the  contents  foothold : 
these  are  brought  home  alive,  and  killed  by  bodily  im- 
mersion in  boiling  water,  after  which  they  are  placed 
on  blotting  paper  to  drain  off  superfluous  moisture. 

Good  things  should  always,  when  practicable,  be 
set  out  at  once,  as  the  pubescence  is  apt  to  get  matted 
if  they  are  consigned  for  too  long  a  period  to  the 
laurel  or  cyanide  bottle ;  but  such  as  remain  un- 
mounted can  be  put  in  a  little  muslin  bag,  and  de- 
posited in  laurel  until  a  more  convenient  opportunity. 
Beetles  also,  when  taken  in  large  numbers  during  an 
expedition  into  a  productive  locality,  may  be  collected 
indiscriminately  into  a  bottle  containing  sawdust 
(sifted  to  get  rid  both  of  large  pieces  and  actual 
dust),  slightly  alcoholized,  or  with  a  small  quantity 
of  carbolic  acid  or  cyanide  of  potassium  in  it.  Each 
night,  on  reaching  home,  these  will  be  found  to  be 
dead,  and  they  can  then  be  transferred  to  a  larger 
bottle  or  air-tight  tin  can,  partially  filled  with  the 


78  BEETLES. 

same  materials  and  a  little  carbolic  acid  to  check 
undue  moisture.  Filled  up  with  sawdust,  this  will 
travel  in  safety  for  any  distance,  and  almost  any 
time. 

Species  of  moderate  size,  say  up  to  that  of  an 
ordinary  Harpalus,  are  in  this  country  usually 
mounted  on  card.  Much  is  to  be  said  both  for  and 
against  this  practice :  it  enables  the  proportions  and 
formation  of  limbs  to  be  well  appreciated,  and  it 
preserves  the  specimens  securely ;  but  there  can  be 
no  doubt  that  it  prevents  an  inspection  of  the  under 
side,  except  at  the  slight  trouble  of  extra  manipula- 
tion in  floating  off  in  cold  water  and  reversing,  and 
that  the  gum  used  clogs  the  smaller  portions  of  the 
insect  that  come  in  contact  with  it.  Specimens 
larger  than  those  mentioned  should  be  pinned 
through  the  centre  of  the  upper  third  of  the  right 
wing-case  (never  through  the  scutellum  or  thorax), 
and  the  limbs  extended  in  position  with  pins  on  a 
setting  board,  made  of  a  flat  strip  of  cork  glued  on 
deal.  Both  these  and  the  mounted  examples  must 
be  left  to  dry,  for  a  week  at  least,  in  the  open  air : 
if  the  boards  are  fitted  in  a  frame,  they  can  be  re- 
versed (as  soon  as  the  gum  is  dry  in  mounted 
specimens),  so  that  the  specimens  are  bottom  up- 
wards— dust  cannot  then  collect  on  them,  and  there 
is  less  chance  of  mites  attacking  them.  Specimens 


BEETLES.  79 

dry  more  rapidly  in  spring  and  summer  than  at  any 
other  time,  and  of  course  more  readily  in  dry  weather. 
For  mounting  specimens,  five  or  six  small  pieces 
of  the  finest  and  most  transparent  gum  tragacanth, 
or  "  gum  dragon,"  with  rather  less  than  the  same 
number  of  pieces  of  clear  gum  arabic,  are  to  be  put 
in  a  wide-mouthed  bottle  with  about  a  large  wine- 
glassful  of  cold  water.  In  a  short  time  (twenty-four 
hours  at  most)  the  gum  absorbs  the  fluid  and  swells ; 
then  add  half  as  much  more  water,  and  stir  the 
mixture,  which,  on  being  left  for  another  twenty-four 
hours  at  most,  will  be  ready  for  use.  The  mixture 
should  be  dull  white,  of  even  texture,  and  not  quite 
fluid.  Never  make  a  large  quantity  at  one  time,  or 
be  persuaded  to  put  anything  else  into  it.  Card  for 
mounting  should  be  the  whitest,  smoothest,  and  best 
that  can  be  procured.  "  Four-sheet  Bristol  board  " 
for  large  specimens,  and  three-sheet  for  ordinary  use, 
are  about  the  proper  degrees  of  thickness.  Kobersons, 
of  Long  Acre,  artists'  colourmen,  have  promised  the 
writer  to  turn  out  cardboard  of  this  kind  with  an 
extra  milling,  to  ensure  a  good  surface.  Upon  strips 
of  this  card,  pinned  on  a  setting  board,  the  insects  to 
be  set  out  are  mounted,  one  at  a  time,  and  not  too 
dose  to  each  other,  each  on  a  separate  "dab ''  of  the 
gum,  the  limbs  being  duly  set  out  with  a  fine  pin  or 
needle  mounted  in  a  paint-brush  stick.  A  pin  with. 


80  BEETLES. 

the  point  very  finely  turned,  so  as  to  form  a  minute 
hook,  is  very  useful ;  and  for  extremely  minute  work 
a  "  bead-needle  "  is  valuable.  The  gum-brush  should 
not  be  used  in  setting,  but  one  or  two  very  fine-pointed 
camel's-hair  brushes  may  be  found  of  advantage. 
Before  mounting,  reverse  the  specimen  on  the 
blotting-paper,  and  brush  out  its  limbs  as  far  as 
practicable  with  a  damp  flat  brush.  Very  refrac- 
tory individuals  may  require  to  be  gummed  on  their 
backs ;'  as  soon  as  the  gum  is  dry,  their  limbs  can  be 
more  easily  got  into  position,  and  they  can  then  be 
gently  damped  off  their  temporary  mount,  and 
treated  as  above. 

A  small  pair  of  brass  microscope-forceps,  ground  or 
cut  to  a  minute  point,  will  often  materially  assist  in 
getting  refractory  limbs  into  position.  French  white 
liquid  glue  (not  made  of  shell-lac)  is  useful  for 
fastening  down  larger  specimens,  as  it  is  very  strong 
and  dries  readily ;  and  with  a  very  small  quantity  of 
it  rows  of  specimens  can  quickly  and  securely  be 
roughly  mounted,  in  the  Continental  way,  which  is 
preferable  in  many  cases  to  leaving  the  insects  for  a 
long  time  in  laurel  before  setting  them  out.  Such 
specimens  can  afterwards,  if  desired,  be  relaxed  by 
leaving  them  on  damp  sand,  or  in  the  cyanide  or 
laurel  bottle,  and  be  then  set  in  the  way  above 
indicated. 


BEETLES.  81 

Care  must  be  taken,  in  setting,  not  to  put  the 
specimen  lop-sided  on  the  card,  or  to  distort  its 
segments  unnaturally  by  pulling  them  out  of  posi- 
tion, &c.,  and  not  to  allow  gum  to  lodge  anywhere 
on  the  upper  surface.  It  is  easy,  soon  after  a  spe- 
cimen is  securely  mounted,  to  remove  with  clean 
water  and  brush  any  superfluous  gum.  In  preparing 
such  insects  as  are  liable  to  "run  up"  in  drying 
(e.  g.  the  Staphylinidse\  the  abdomen  should  be  duly 
pulled  out  by  a  bead-needle  inserted  at  its  apex; 
and  to  prevent  the  contraction  of  the  internal  mus- 
cles in  drying,  this  part  may  be  held  with  the  liquid 
glue  above  mentioned.  Usually,  by  putting  these 
insects  as  soon  as  mounted  into  a  box  and  keeping  it 
closed  for  a  few  hours,  while  the  first  drying  takes 
place,  the  proper  dimensions  of  the  abdomen  may  be 
preserved,  and  thus  the  natural  facies  of  the  insect 
retained.  The  contents  of  the  bodies  of  very  large 
insects  may  well  be  removed,  either  by  the  anal 
orifice,  or  by  an  incision  on  the  lower  side  of  the 
abdomen.  The  Oil-beetles  (Meloe)  alone  require 
careful  stuffing.  This  is  best  done  by  separating  the 
entire  abdomen  from  the  metathorax,  beneath  the 
elytra,  and  close  to  their  point  of  insertion:  the 
body  is  then  easily  emptied  and  washed  out,  and 
may  be  filled  with  cut-up  wool,  which  packs  closely ; 
when  gummed  on  again,  the  junction  is  not  visible, 

G 


82  BEETLES. 

and  the  entire  insect  preserves  its  wonderfully  obese 
appearance. 

To  save  time,  in  mounting  many  specimens,  it  is 
better  to  merely  gum  straight  on  the  strip  of  card  as 
many  specimens  as  can  be  managed  at  a  sitting. 
The  left  side  of  each  of  these  can  then  be  slightly 
damped  with  clear  cold  water,  and  its  left  limbs  set 
out:  when  all  are  thus  done,  the  first  one  will  be 
nearly,  if  not  quite,  ready  to  have  its  right  side 
treated  in  like  manner ;  and  so  on  to  the  end.  Yery 
refractory  specimens  will  sometimes  require  to  be 
even  held  down  with  little  braces  of  card  on  pins, 
and  to  have  each  limb  damped  and  set  out  by  a 
separate  operation.  The  card  of  large  specimens 
will  often  curl  upwards  in  drying,  owing  to  the 
amount  of  damp :  to  counteract  this,  the  loiver  face 
of  the  card  may  be  washed  with  a  wet  brush,  just 
before  gumming  its  surface. 

Before  putting  insects  away,  when  dry,  the  indi- 
vidual specimens  should  be  cut  off  the  strips  of  card 
by  a  straight  cut  on  each  side,  one  at  right  angles 
to  the  sides  in  front,  and  another  behind,  all  (except 
the  last)  close  to  the  tips  of  the  limbs  as  set  out,  so 
that  the  whole  card  forms  a  parallelogram.  A  very 
little  practice  will  enable  the  operator  to  do  this 
both  certainly  and  quickly.  No  two  individuals 
(save  perhaps  a  male  and  female,  of  whose  sexual 


BEETLES.  83 

relations  there  can  be  no  doubt,  or  an  example 
mounted  on  its  back,  to  show  its  under  side,  along 
with  a  member  of  the  same  species)  should  be  allowed 
to  continue  on  one  card ;  much  less  should  a  row  be 
left  together.  The  reason  of  this  is,  that  in  many 
cases  species  closely  resembling  each  other  often  get 
confused ;  and  it  is,  moreover,  difficult  to  get  a  glass 
of  anything  but  a  very  low  power  to  bear  upon  all 
parts  of  the  individuals  without  injuring  some  of 
them.  Each  specimen  should  have  sufficient  card 
left  behind  it  to  allow  of  a  glass  of  high  power  being 
passed  between  it  everywhere  and  its  pin.  The  pin 
should  perforate  the  card  in  the  middle  of,  and  close 
to,  its  hinder  margin ;  and  the  whole  card  be  lifted 
three-fourths  up  the  pin,  to  keep  it  from  mites  and 
dirt  as  much  as  possible.  Proper  entomological  pins 
can  be  obtained  of  all  sizes  at  the  agents  of  Edelsten, 
17,  Silver  Street,  St.  Martin's-le-Grand ;  also  (with 
all  other  apparatus)  of  any  natural-history  agent  or 
dealer  in  London;  such  as  Mr.  E.  W.  Janson,  28, 
Museum  Street,  or  Cooke,  New  Oxford  Street. 
"No.  8"  pin  is,  perhaps,  the  most  useful  size.  In  re- 
moving many  specimens,  proper  insect  forceps  will  be 
found  handy :  these  can  be  obtained  at  the  two  last 
addresses ;  or  of  Buck,  cutler,  Tottenham  Court  Eoad. 
Specimens  will  occasionally  become  discoloured 
with  grease,  usually  from  defective  drying,  though 

G  2 


84  BEETLES. 

many  water  beetles  and  internal  feeders,  and  most 
autumn-caught  specimens,  are  specially  liable  to  this 
defect.  Benzine  is  an  effectual  remedy  for  it  and 
for  mites,  and  can  be  liberally  applied  with  a  brush. 
Carbolic  or  phsenic  acid,  dissolved  in  that  fluid  (or 
alone,  see  p.  64),  is  an  effectual  safeguard  against 
mould  from  damp ;  and  when  in  solution  with  water, 
this  acid  has  been  found  useful  as  a  wash  for  card 
and  boxes,  which  then  are  not  attacked  by  mites.  To 
re-card  a  specimen  that  has  become  discoloured 
(whether  from  either  of  these  causes,  or  from  age), 
it  is  only  necessary  that  it  should  be  floated  in  cold 
water  for  a  few  'minutes ;  the  insect  can  then  be 
dried,  well  saturated  with  benzine,  and  again  mounted, 
looking  as  fresh  as  ever.  But,  in  re-carding  specimens, 
it  is  necessary  to  be  very  careful  with  such  as  were 
originally  kept  too  long  in  a  laurel  or  cyanide  bottle^ 
as  they  are  apt  to  become  so  rotten  that  a  little 
damp  will  cause  a  "solution  of  continuity." 

As  to  storing  the  specimens  when  quite  dry,  I 
can  add  nothing  to  the  excellent  observations  of  Dr. 
Knaggs,  at  p.  65 ;  the  same  remarks  applying  with 
equal  force  to  Coleoptera  ;  except,  perhaps,  that,  even 
when  the  collector  has  (and  is  satisfied  with)  a 
cabinet,  he  is  likely,  in  proportion  to  the  real  work 
done  by  him,  to  establish  type-boxes  of  all  the 
difficult  groups. 


BEETLES.  85 

For  the  examination  of  insects,  readily  manipu- 
lated by  being  pinned  singly  on  a  square,  flat,  thick 
piece  of  cork  or  bung,  a  pocket  glass  is,  of  course, 
necessary.  In  this  case,  the  best  instrument  is  the 
cheapest  in  the  long  run,  whatever  its  cost ;  and  one 
by  a  good  maker,  such  as  Eoss,  with  modifications  of 
four  powers,  will  suffice  for  any  ordinary  work.  For 
very  small  species,  a  Coddington,  of  the  clearest 
definition  and  highest  power  attainable,  is  of  im- 
mense help.  But  when  the  collector  finds  that  he 
needs  a  compound  microscope  to  separate  species, 
it  is  the  firm  opinion  of  the  present  writer  that 
that  collector  had  better  take  to  some  other  pursuit 
than  studying  Cokoptera.  To  anyone,  however,  whose 
researches  entail  an  examination  of  the  minute 
cibarian  and  other  organs  of  beetles,  whether  for 
purposes  of  classification  or  otherwise,  the  compound 
is  absolutely  necessary ;  though  even  then  the  lower 
powers  are  usually  sufficient.  For  rough  dissection, 
all  that  is  needed  are  an  oculist's  very  small  lance- 
headed  dissecting-knife  and  a  stout  and  fine  needle. 
With  these,  under  a  lens  mounted  on  a  little  stage 
to  allow  the  free  use  of  both  hands,  much  may  be 
done.  The  writer,  however,  has  seen  and  used  a  very 
pretty  (and  comparatively  inexpensive)  dissecting- 
-stand,  with  various  powers  and  much  latitude  Of 
motion,  by  Eoss. 


86  BEETLES. 

After  mentioning  that,  in  sending  mounted  beetles 
by  post  to  correspondents,  it  is  far  more  practical  to 
use  a  strong  box,  not  too  deep,  to  fasten  the  pins 
securely,  with  a  layer  of  manufactured  wool  in  the 
lid  (glazed  side  towards  the  beetles,  so  as  not  to 
catch  limbs),  and  to  put  more  wool  outside,  and 
write  the  address  and  affix  the  stamp  on  a  label  at- 
tached, than  it  is  to  pack  carelessly,  write  "  With 
care"  outside,*  and  then  grumble  at  the  post-office 
because  the  insects  are  broken, — I  think  I  cannot^ 
with  use,  say  anything  more  upon  beetles  in  their 
preserved  condition ;  and  I  will  therefore  now  give 
some  hints  as  to  their  haunts  when  alive. 

To  exhaust  the  accidental-capture  system  above 
alluded  to,  mention  must  first  be  made  of  sand-pit 
collecting,  a  most  profitable  employment,  especially 
in  spring  and  early  summer.  A  clean,  straight-sided 
silver-sand  pit  is  the  best,  and  if  in  or  near  a  wood 
its  attractions  will  be  at  their  highest.  Beetles, 
flying  of  an  evening  and  by  night,  dash  against  the 
pit  sides  and  fall  to  the  bottom ;  others  merely  crawl 
in  for  shelter,  or  tumble  over  the  sides,  and  many 
seem  attracted  by  the  mere  damp  at  the  bottom  or 
in  the  corners.  Old  collectors  used  to  recommend  a 


*  It  is,  however,  always  as  well  to  write  "  Insects,"  signifying 
contents  that  are  "  caviare  to  the  million,"  and  therefore  not 
likely  to  be  appropriated  en  route. 


BEETLES.  87 

sheet  spread  out  to  attract  insects ;  and  there  is  no 
doubt  that  a  certain  number  can  be  found  by  such 
means,  just  as  they  can  be  picked  up  floating  on 
horse-troughs  or  on  ponds.  Artificial  traps  exist  in 
the  corridors  of  the  Crystal  Palace,  some  half-inclosed 
country  railway  stations,  and  such  places ;  crawling 
up  the  windows  of  wMeh  many  specimens  are  to  be 
found.  But  these  can  only  be  considered  as  indica- 
tions of  what  species  occur  in  the  district,  as  they 
are  mere  stragglers.  Deliberately  laying  traps  in 
sand  pits,  on  commons,  &c.,  will  be  found  most  pro- 
ductive. Small  dead  animals,  fir  branches,  dead 
leaves,  &c.,  can  be  examined  time  after  time  with 
profit  in  such  situations.  Burying  a  stout  branch 
with  the  bark  on,  leaving  the  top  above  the  soil,  and 
periodically  examining  it  when  damp  and  nearly 
rotten,  has  been  found  effective;  many  insects 
collecting  beneath  the  loose  wet  bark. 

After  heavy  floods,  as  durirg  severe  droughts, 
beetles  may  be  found  in  great  profusion;  in  the 
former  case,  by  sifting  the  refuse  left  by  the  water ; 
in  the  latter,  by  diligently  examining  the  damp 
residuum  of  former  ponds,  and  if  no  damp  be  found, 
by  even  searching  below  the  surface  where  it  last 
occurred. 

The  wet  hay,  often  decayed  and  mouldy,  at  the 
bottoms  of  stacks,  which  bad  farmers  have  placed 


88  BEETLES. 

directly  on  the  ground,  will  be  found  to  teem  with 
beetle-life;  as  will  the  margins  of  dung  and  vege- 
table-refuse heaps,  wood-stacks,  cut  grass,  &c.;  and 
many  good  things  may  be  taken  by  gently  waving  a 
light  gauze  net  to  and  fro,  just  before  sunset,  close 
to  such  places,  whither  the  instinct  of  nature  impels 
the  flight  of  myriads. 

In  winter,  isolated  tufts  of  grass  in  wet  places,  on 
the  margins  of  streams,  the  crests  of  banks,  &c.,  must 
be  cut  close  to  the  ground,  and  gently  torn  in  pieces 
over  brown  paper.  Wherever  many  insects  seem  to 
be  found,  it  will  in  most  of  these  cases  be  found 
advisable  to  sift  the  fragments,  and  bring  home  the 
beetles  and  small  stuff  unexamined  in  a  bag  with  a 
string  at  the  neck  to  prevent  their  escape.  Moss 
should  be  treated  in  this  way,  and  the  layers  of  black 
and  rotting  leaves  found  in  woods,  especially  at 
their  outskirts.  Beech  leaves  usually  produce  many 
species,  and  the  autumn  and  spring  are  the  best 
times  for  hunting  for  them. 

In  winter,  also,  many  species  will  be  found 
hybernating  in  grass  at  the  roots  of  trees,  under 
bark,  &c.,  in  conditions  not  usual  with  them  at 
other  times. 

In  autumn,  fungi,  in  woods  especially,  will  be 
found  most  productive. 

General  sweeping,  except  during  the  winter,  will 


BEETLES.  89 

always  be  more  or  less  remunerative.  No  general 
rules  can  be  laid  down  for  this ;  in  a  good  neighbour- 
hood (on  chalk  or  sand,  or,  better  still,  in  a  district 
where  both  these  soils  are  found)  beetles  will  swarm 
almost  anywhere  in  due  season,  and  the  most  un- 
likely-looking spots  will  frequently  be  found  the 
best  in  the  end.  In  luxuriant  herbage,  among  low 
shrubs,  in  the  close-growing  vegetation  of  hill-sides, 
the  sweeping  net  may  be  plied  with  success ;  but  the 
best  way,  with  all  Phytophaga  at  least,  is  to  start 
with  a  fixed  idea  as  to  catching  certain  definite 
species,  and  then,  at  the  right  time,  to  hunt  for  such 
plants  as  these  are  known  or  supposed  to  frequent ; 
and,  such  failing  in  the  district,  to  try  their  allies. 
Of  course,  the  collector  will  not  fail  to  sweep  flowers 
in  woods  and  lanes,  whereon,  in  the  hot  sunshine, 
many  showy  beetles  bask.  Many  good  things  will 
be  found  by  sweeping  under  fir  trees,  especially 
towards  evening,  and  even  by  night ;  in  many  places, 
especially  marshes,  nocturnal  feeders  may  be  secured 
by  the  vague  use  of  this  net.  By  night,  also,  many 
species  may  be  found  at  sugar  put  on  trees  for 
moths,  and  on  ivy  or  sallow-blossom. 

Beating  is  most  productive  in  early  summer, 
especially  in  the  second  year's  growth  of  young 
cuttings  in  woods ;  and  the  oak,  hazel,  and  poplar 
will  generally  yield  many  species  to  the  tap  of  the 


90  BEETLES. 

stick.  Good  thick,  and  especially  old  hedges,  must 
also  be  always  carefully  thrashed  into  the  net; 
very  many  good  things,  otherwise  not  procurable, 
will  reward  this  toil.  Another  scheme  for  getting 
rare  species  is  to  heat  the  tops  of  trees  with  a  long 
pole,  placing  beneath  a  sheet  or  tent  covering. 

Breaking  away  the  extreme  edges  of  banks, 
throwing  water  on  them,  treading  heavily  on  the 
margins,  diligently  examining  grass  and  roots  close 
to  the  water,  reeds  (especially  if  cut  and  on  the 
ground  in  heaps),  &c.,  will  bring  to  light  great 
numbers  of  wet-loving  beetles.  Water  beetles, 
pure  and  simple,  must  be  dragged  and  dredged  for,, 
especially  round  water  plants  beneath  the  surface, 
and  along  the  sides  of  ponds,  in  eddies  of  running 
streams,  in  the  moss  on  stones  in  them,  and  on  the 
stones  themselves,  &c. 

The  Coprophaga  will  be  found  readily  in  the 
droppings  of  various  Mammalia,  and  also  in  holes 
bored  in  the  ground  beneath,  often  to  a  great  depth. 
An  easy  and  clean  way  to  secure  them  is  to  throw 
droppings,  ground  and  all,  into  water,  the  beetles 
coming  to  the  surface. 

As  to  wood  beetles,  they  must  be  sought  for 
under  and  in  bark,  in  solid  wood,  in  decaying 
branches,  and  such  places ;  a  rule  to  be  remem- 
bered is,  that  most  of  these  occur  at  the  tops  of 


BEETLES.  91 

trees :  hence  the  paucity  of  so  many  species  in  col- 
lections. Indeed,  to  properly  hunt  for  the  majority 
of  them,  it  is  necessary  to  obtain  carte  blanche  and  a 
ladder,  if  any  success  be  hoped  for.  Felled  trunks 
are,  of  course,  easy  to  manipulate ;  and  their  freshly- 
cut  stumps,  exuding  either  resin  or  a  peculiar  and 
often  sweet  mucor,  are  very  attractive  to  many 
beetles,  as  is  freshly-cut  sawdust,  and  most  espe- 
cially the  (to  us)  fetid  and  acrid  juice  resulting 
from  the  attacks  of  the  larva  of  the  Goat-moth, 
Rotten  fruit,  &c.,  are  also  not  to  be  passed  by  with- 
out examination.  Many  small  species  occur  in,  or 
can  be  obtained  from,  the  topmost  twigs  of  trees 
blown  down  by  the  wind. 

Dead  animals,  as  before  mentioned,  must  be  ex- 
amined, as  must  the  vegetation  and  soil  near  them. 
A  keeper's  tree  in  a  wood  will  always  produce  some- 
thing for  the  collector,  who  need  only  hold  his  net 
beneath  the  gibbeted  ferse  and  bang  their  hides  and 
bones  with  his  beating-stick.  During  different 
stages  of  decomposition  and  desiccation,  beetles  of 
widely  varied  affinities  will  result  from  this  method 
of  collecting. 

Ants'  nests  would  require  a  special  notice,  so  pro- 
ductive are  they :  their  material  can  be  sifted  and 
their  neighbouring  "runs"  or  paths  examined, 
traps  laid  near  or  on  them,  and  periodically  cleared 


92  BEETLES. 

out,  &c.  Bees'  and  wasps'  nests  also  produce  good, 
though  fewer  species,  and  are,  moreover,  not  quite 
so  easy  of  access.  The  nests  of  birds,  especially  if 
the  latter  are  gregarious,  and,  indeed,  the  habita- 
tions of  any  animals,  will  be  found  to  harbour  many 
beetles,  amongst  other  insects. 

In  gardens,  the  beetle  collector  should  lay  cun- 
ning traps  of  cut  grass,  twigs,  planks,  bones,  &c. ; 
by  a  periodical  examination  of  which  he  will  secure 
many  good  things.  If  there  be  a  hothouse  about 
the  premises,  it  and  its  belongings  will  always  act 
as  a  bait. 

Large  tracts  of  waste  land  and  commons,  though 
superficially  apparently  unproductive,  often  contain 
congregations  of  good  species,  in  some  little  oasis 
of  damp  or  vegetation ;  moreover,  on  them  several 
peculiar  beetles  occur.  Hills  and  mountains  will 
often  suddenly  repay  the  toil  of  the  collector,  who 
has  despondently  worked  his  way  up,  turning  over 
stones,  and  finding  comparatively  nothing.  The 
moss,  &c.,  attending  the  channels  of  any  streams  in 
such  places  should  be  carefully  searched,  and  the 
stones  on  the  top  especially  not  neglected.  Kiver 
banks  and  salt  marshes  are  invariably  frequented  by 
good  insects,  and  the  very  heaps  of  seaweed,  dry  or 
wet,  on  the  shore  harbour  countless  beetles.  In 
such  places  small  sand-loving  plants  should  be 


BEETLES.  93 

pulled  up  by  the  roots,  and,  with  the  neighbouring 
soil,  shaken  over  brown  paper.  The  sand  itself 
may  in  many  instances  be  scraped,  and  burrowing 
beetles  brought  to  light;  but  if  the  hunter  comes 
upon  a  dead  fish  or  bird,  a  full  bottle  will  be  his. 

Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  almost  every  locality 
contains  beetles,  if  the  collector  can  only  detect 
them  (and  it  may  be  as  well  here  to  impress  on  him 
that  it  is  better  to  bottle  a  dubious  insect  and  ex- 
amine it  at  home,  than  to  reject  it  for  being  appa- 
rently common).  Still  there  can  be  no  doubt  that 
certain  soils  and  districts  are  much  more  productive 
than  others ;  for  instance,  most  of  the  midland  and 
western  counties,  and  some  of  the  south-western, 
are  not  by  any  means  so  prolific  as  the  eastern, 
southern,  and  many  parts  of  the  northern  districts 
of  Great  Britain;  clay  being  the  worst  of  all  soils 
for  the  Coleopterist. 

The  collector  will  do  well,  after  a  first  hurried 
"burst"  at  all  beetles  that  come  in  his  way,  to 
select  a  special  group,  and  lay  himself  out  to  work  it 
carefully,  buying  or  borrowing  the  works  of  autho- 
rities upon  it,  and  making  himself  master  of  the 
"botany  connected  with  it,  if  it  be  a  group  of  plant- 
frequenting  habits.  By  such  a  way  of  working,  he 
will  more  quickly,  though  step  by  step,  acquire  a 
good  collection,  and  a  stock  of  useful  knowledge, 


D4:  BEETLES. 

than  by  any  other.  He  will  of  course  keep  a  register 
of  the  date  and  place  of  capture,  and  any  pecu- 
liarity of  habit  of  each  insect  he  takes.  Figures  of 
the  date  of  the  year  (usually  the  last  two  are  suffi- 
cient), followed  by  another  set,  commencing  with  1, 
will  generally  be  quite  enough  ;  corresponding  entries 
being  made  in  the  first  column  of  a  ruled  diary. 
These  figures  may  be  written  in  ink  on  the  under 
-side  of  the  card  of  a  mounted  specimen,  or  on  a 
circular  disc  of  paper,  pierced  by  the  pin  of  one  too 
large  to  be  carded. 


HYMENOPTERA.  95 


VI. 

HYMENOPTERA. 
BY  JOHN  B.  BRIDGMAN. 

HAVING  been  asked  to  give  some  instructions  as  to 
the  method  of  setting  and  preserving  the  aculeate 
Hymenoptera,  it  is  with  great  pleasure  I  comply, 
and  I  hope  it  may  be  the  means  of  inducing  others 
to  collect  these  insects.  To  begin  at  the  beginning, 
it  is  almost  needless  to  state  that  the  females  of  all 
of  them  (a  few  of  the  ants  excepted)  are  furnished 
with  stings,  but  with  very  little  care  one  need  never 
be  stung.  As  Mrs.  Glass  says,  "  First  catch  your 
hare  " :  so  first  I  shall  give  a  few  instructions  where 
to  look  for  and  how  to  catch  these  insects.  All  the 
apparatus  necessary  is  a  gauze  ring-net,  a  cyanide 
bottle,  and  a  pocket  full  of  small  card  pill-boxes; 
the  cyanide  bottle  is  best  made  by  wrapping  a  small 
piece  of  cyanide  of  potassium  in  two  or  three  thick- 
nesses of  blotting-paper,  tying  it  round  with  cotton 
to  prevent  it  shaking  out,  then  fixing  it  to  the 
bottom  of  a  wide-mouthed  flat  bottle  with  sealing- 
wax,  which  is  made  to  adhere  firmly  to  the  glass 
by  heating  the  glass  carefully  over  a  lamp,  and  then 


96  HYMENOPTEKA. 

corking  it  up.  The  pill-boxes  ought  to  have  the  tops 
and  bottoms  fastened  in  with  liquid  glue  (a  prepara- 
tion of  shell-lac).  These  are  all  that  are  required 
to  catch  and  bring  home  the  game ;  which  is  to  be 
looked  for  at  the  flowers  of  trees,  bushes,  and  plants 
— one  season's  experience  will  teach  the  best,  as 
some  species  frequent  one,  some  another,  and  some 
almost  all.  The  flowers  I  have  found  the  greatest 
favourites  are  sallows,  willows,  sycamore,  holly, 
blackthorn,  bramble,  hawk  weeds,  ragwort,  thistles, 
and  umbellifersB.  Some  bore  in  putrescent  wood, 
and  must  be  looked  for  on  or  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  old  posts  and  palings;  some  are  to  be  found 
flying  about  dry  banks,  hard-trodden  pathways,  on 
heaths,  while  old  sand  pits  are  favourite  places ;  but 
they  should  be  sought  for  in  any  warm,  rough, 
weedy  spot ;  and  some  may  be  obtained  by  digging 
them  out  of  their  burrows  with  a  trowel.  My  plan 
of  proceeding,  after  having  got  one  in  the  net,  is  to 
catch  hold  of  the  net  so  that  the  insect  is  inclosed 
in  a  sort  of  sack,  I  then  uncork  the  cyanide,  and 
introduce  that  into  the  sack,  holding  the  net  firmly 
round  the  neck  of  the  bottle,  so  that  there  is  no- 
other  escape  for  the  insect  from  the  net  but  into  the 
bottle,  then  gradually  work  the  insect  into  the 
bottle  and  close  the  mouth  with  several  folds  of  the 
net,  watch  my  opportunity  and  insert  the  cork: 


HYMENOPTERA.  UV 

when  the  insect  is  stupefied,  which  happens  in  a  few 
seconds  if  the  bottle  is  slightly  warm,  I  turn  it  into 
the  pill-box.  A  word  of  caution  :  it  is  necessary  to 
be  methodical  in  carrying  the  boxes.  I  always  keep 
the  empty  ones  in  my  right-hand  pocket,  and  the 
filled  ones  in  the  left-hand  one,  as,  if  they  are 
carried  sometimes  one  way,  sometimes  another, 
sooner  or  later  a  previously  filled  one  will  be  opened 
to  put  an  insect  in,  which  will  result  in  the  former 
tenant  speedily  making  room  for  the  new  comer ; 
and  my  experience  has  been,  if  you  do  lose  anything 
it  is  generally  your  best  capture. 

Having  got  home  with  the  left-hand  pocket  more 
or  less  filled,  turn  the  boxes  out,  preparatory  to 
killing  the  contents,  which  must  be  done  with  burnt 
sulphur.  My  mode  of  proceeding  is  as  follows:— 
I  stupefy  the  contents  of  each  box  with  chloroform, 

in  a  manner  I  will  describe   farther  on.     Having 

& 

stupefied  them,  I  empty  them  all  into  a  short,  wide- 
rnouthed,  round  bottle,  having  a  piece  of  glass  tube 
put  through  the  cork;  the  mouth  of  the  tube  is 
plugged  with  cotton  wool,  not  too  tight,  to  act  as  a 
strainer.  I  then  put  this  in  a  Nabob  pickle-bottle 
(any  other  bottle  will  do  as  well),  through  the 
stopper  of  which  I  have  drilled  a  hole  about  a  six- 
teenth of  an  inch  in  diameter,  in  which  is  fixed  a 
copper  wire,  having  a  shallow  tin  cup  at  the  end. 

H 


98  HYMENOPTERA. 

In  this  tin  cup  is  placed  the  sulphur.  The  tin  cup 
is  then  held  over  the  flame  of  a  lamp,  gas,  or  candle, 
till  the  sulphur  is  burning,  then  put  it  into  the 
bottle  and  press  it  down.  When  all  the  oxygen  is 
consumed  the  sulphur  goes  out.  Leave  them  for 
about  three  hours,  take  them  out,  and  put  them  into 
a  damp  box  for  twelve  or  more  hours :  they  will 
then  be  in  a  splendid  condition  for  setting.  To 
stupefy  the  insects  I  tip  the  lids  on  one  side,  put 
them  into  the  sulphur  bottle,  pour  a  drop  or  two 
into  the  tin  cup,  and  put  it  into  the  bottle.  Be 
careful  not  to  chloroform  them  too  much,  as  if 
killed  so  they  become  so  rigid  that  it  is  with  diffi- 
culty they  can  be  set. 

Having  killed  them,  there  only  remains  to  pin  and 
set  them.  There  are  various  sizes  of  pins  used; 
most  collectors  have  fancies  of  their  own  on  this 
subject ;  I  shall  therefore  only  say  what  is  my  prac- 
tice. The  pins  I  use  are  D.  F.  Tayler  &  Co.'s,  New 
Hall  Works,  Birmingham ;  No.  15  for  bumble-bees 
only ;  the  other  sizes  I  find  most  useful  are  15,  10, 
and  18.  Some  pin  the  insects  straight,  and  some 
with  the  pin  inclining  forward.  Having  pinned 
them,  the  next  thing  is  to  set  them.  There  are  two 
ways  of  doing  this ;  one  is,  cut  an  oblong  square  of 
iout  cardboard,  and  put  a  pin  through  one  end ; 
after  the  legs  are  stretched  out,  this  is  put  int©  the 


HYMENOPTERA. 


99 


.  28. 


cork,  one  on  each  side,  till  the  upper  surface  of  cork 
is  just  below  the  level  ot  the  wings,  which  are  then 
laid  out  on  the  card,  and  held  there  by  a  brace  the 
same  shape  as  the  table  (see  Fig.  28).  If  the  in- 
sect has  been  pro- 
perly killed,  the  legs 
and  antenna?  will 
keep  set  out  without 
the  aid  of  pins;  if 
not,  this  is  done 
with  bent  or  straight 
pins,  as  may  be  ne- 
cessary. The  other 
way  is  a  "  hymn 
of  my  own  com- 
posing." 

First  take  one  of 
the  strips  of  cork  as 
sold  at  the  shops, 
paper  it  on  both 
sides  with  thin  soft 
paper;  then  take  a 

piece  of  wood  a  little  larger  than  the  cork,  about 
half  an  inch  thick ;  on  this  I  glue  strips  of  card- 
board, or  thin  wood,  according  to  the  size  of  the 
insect,  side  by  side,  and  as  far  apart  as  necessary 
(see  Fig.  29).  These  being  dry,  I  glue  the  sheet  of 

H  2 


Insect  set  with  Table  Braces. 


Fig.  29. 


Wood,  with  the  Strips  glued  on. 


100  HYMENOPTER  A. 

cork  on  to  the  top  of  the  .strips,  which  leaves  it 
looking  like  a  succession  of  bridges.  When  this  is 
dry  the  cork  must  be  cut  through  between  the 
pieces  first  fastened  on  the  wood.  These  pieces  are 
then  taken  out  and  glued  to  the  wood  (see  Fig.  30); 

Fig.  30.     . 


Ditto,  side  view.  A,  the  same  with  the  cork  glued  on ;  B,  cork  ; 
C,  the  same  with  the  cork  cut  through  at  the  dotted  lines  in  A,  and 
i'astened  down. 

this  leaves  many  setting  boards,  something  similar 
to  the  single  rounded  ones  used  by  Lepidopterists ; 
but  these  are  flat — they  want  to  be  just  deep  enough 
for  the  insect  and  wide  enough  to  allow  the  legs  to 
be  stretched  out.  A  little  practice  will  soon  deter- 
mine the  size.  The  wing  I  hold  down  with  small 
triangular  braces.  Each  board  will  hold  about 
seventy  or  eighty  insects;  beneath  I  put  the  date 
they  were  set,  and  leave  them  on  the  board  about  a 
month  to  dry,  as  if  taken  off  too  soon  the  wings 
spring.  Always  put  a  label  to  each  specimen,  either 
with  the  date  or  a  number  corresponding  to  one  in 
a  book,  in  which  enter  the  date  and  locality. 

One  more  observation  and  I  have  done.     Some- 
times one  comes  across  an  insect  whose  rigid  wings. 


HYMEXOPTERA.  101 

seem  to  defy  all  attempts  to  set;  in  such  cas«»s 
just  press  firmly  at  the  back  part  of  the  thorax, 
between  that  and  the  abdomen,  towards  the  pin, 
and  the  wings  will  sometimes  fly  open  of  their  own 
accord,  or  will  allow  of  their  being  easily  set  in  the 
required  direction,  which  should  always  be  set  well 
forward. 


102  LAND    AND    FRESHWATER    SHELLS,    ETC. 


VII. 

LAND    AND    FRESHWATER   SHELLS,    ETC. 
BY  PROFESSOR  RALPH  TATE,  F.G.S.,  ETC. 

A  YOUNG  friend,  desirous  of  entering  upon  one  of  the 
most  accessible  natural  history  pursuits,  that  of 
the  study  of  Land  and  Freshwater  Molluscs,  begged 
of  me  some  practical  hints  on  the  collection  and 
preservation  of  these  objects  of  our  woodlands,  way- 
sides, and  watercourses.  Believing  that  this  kind 
of  work  offers  a  good  stepping-stone  to  the  study  of 
nature  in  its  more  extended  forms  and  complicated 
relations,  I  was  most  anxious  to  help  my  tyro  na- 
turalist, and  that  beyond  his  utmost  expectations, 
as  I  made  a  few  initiatory  trips  with  him  in  a  search 
for  the  coveted  treasures. 

Our  equipment  was  simple  and  inexpensive,  con- 
sisting of  a  block-tin  saucepan  finely  perforated  at 
the  bottom,  about  six  inches  across,  and  having  a 
hollow  handle  of  a  size  to  receive  firmly  the  end  of  a 
common  walking-stick — such  a  dredge  or  a  sifter  will 
cost  ninepenqe  or  a  shilling  at  a  tinman's;  secondly,, 
of  a  pocket  lens ;  and  lastly,  of  a  variety  of  boxes, 
and  a  bag  to  contain  specimens  of  different  sizes. 
Thus  provided,  our  first  excursion  had  for  its  object 


LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC.      103 

an  examination  of  certain  neighbouring  ponds  and 
stieams.  My  pupil,  guessing  the  use  of  the  per- 
forated saucepan,  makes  his  way  to  the  nearest  pond, 
fixes  the  improvised  handle,  dashes  in  the  sifter  with 
impatient  ardour,  and  having  brought  up  a  quantity 
of  mud  from  the  bottom,  looked  upon  the  oozy  mass 
with  despair.  Patience,  my  lad !  Kemember  that 
the  pleasure  of  success  in  science  is  the  higher 
the  greater  the  labour  expended  in  obtaining  the 
objects  of  our  search.  Expect  failure  now  and  again, 
but  do  not  be  disheartened.  Ohne  Hast  ohne  East, 
should  be  the  motto  of  every  naturalist.  Now,  shake 
the  tin  in  the  water,  keeping  its  rim  just  out  of  the 
water,  dipping  it  down  now  and  then.  That  is  well ; 
thus  you  see  that  you  have  cleared  off  the  mud,  and 
what  you  want  is  probably  left  behind  along  with 
the  rubbish.  What,  nothing !  Come,  try  again  ;  but 
this  time  scrape  the  sifter  along  the  surface  of  the 
mud,  and  I  am  confident  that  you  will  find  some- 
thing to  reward  you,  and  with  much  less  trouble  and 
display  of  temper.  In  this  way,  after  repeated  trials, 
a  number  of  shells  were  secured  and  transferred  to 
the  boxes.  Then,  after  the  first  gush  of  excitement  is 
over,  we  retire  to  an  adjoining  bank  to  con  over  the 
spoils,  and  I  to  make  mention  of  the  various  habits 
of  freshwater  snails,  and  consequently  of  the  different 
modes  of  search.  My  young  friend's  enthusiasm  is 


104     LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC. 

aroused  by  the  mention  that  a  few  large  mussel-like 
shells  are  inhabitants  of  our  fresh  waters,  and  great 
is  his  haste  to  be  up  and  again  doing,  in  the  hope  of 
adding  some  of  them  to  his  stock.  But  in  vain  were 
his  many  attempts  to  find  them  in  the  pond  which 
had  already  yielded  us  such  a  variety.  "  Do  tliey 
live  here  ?  "  is  at  last  the  anxious  question.  "  No  ; 
but  let  us  away  to  yon  sluggish  brook,  for  it  is  in 
such  that  we  may  expect  to  meet  with  them."  '•'  New 
I  see  them.  Are  not  those  their  ends  just  peeping 
above  the  mud  ?  "  And  full  of  eagerness  he  dashes 
in  the  dredge,  but  with  little  result,  excepting  that  of 
a  dead  shell  or  two.  "  Oh !  how  can  I  get  them  ? 
Shall  I  take  oft"  my  shoes  and  socks  and  wade  for 
them  ?"  "Well,  you  might  secure  them  that  way, 
and  sometimes  it  is  the  only  way,  but  on  this  occasion 
I  do  not  think  it  necessary.  Come,  we  will  move  a 
little  higher  up,  where  the  stream  is  clear,  and  the 
shellfish  undisturbed.  Observe  the  gaping  ends  of 
the  shell,  and  thus  I  push  the  end  of  the  stout  rod 
between  the  partially-open  valves ;  now  they  close 
upon  the  stick,  and  so  we  bring  our  prize  holding  on 
to  the  stick  to  the  bank." 

"You  will  recollect,"  addressing  my  companion, 
"  that  in  the  muddy  pond  we  have  just  left,  we  chiefly 
got  small  bivalves  and  only  a  few  snail  shells.  I 
have  already  told  you  that  water  shells  differ  much 


LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC.     105 

in  their  habits,  and  that  consequently  our  'search 
for  any  particular  species,  or  set  of  species,  can  only 
be  successfully  carried  on  when  that  knowledge  is 
our  guide.  Those  little  bivalves,  and  a  few  of  the 
snails  that  we  have  gathered,  habitually  live  at  the 
bottom,  and  will  of  course  be  brought  up  in  the 
dredge  when  that  implement  is  dragged  over  it ; 
but  there  are  many  shells  which  live  at  or  near  the 
surface,  and  which  feed  on  the  submerged  and  float- 
ing plants.  Therefore  we  must  seek  out  a  weedy 
pool  if  we  would  increase  the  variety  of  our  collec- 
tion." Such  a  spot  is  reached ;  and  the  dredge  is 
brought  into  requisition,  anon  to  snatch  up  a  float- 
ing snail,  or  again  to  sweep  over  and  through  the 
plants,  varying  our  occupation  by  dragging  to  the 
margin  the  tangled  masses  of  weeds ;  by  all  of 
which  means  a  considerable  number  of  the  class  of 
air-breathing  water  snails  was  obtained — admonish- 
ing my  young  friend  that  this  last  plan  does  very 
well  when  the  plants  grow  in  dense  masses,  because 
when  thus  interlaced  they  form  a  natural  net  to 
catch  those  snails  which  on  the  slightest  disturbance 
lose  their  hold  upon  the  weeds,  and  which  would 
otherwise  fall  to  the  bottom. 

Yet  another  plan  remains  to  be  pursued,  one  by 
which  the  few  small  shells  hiding  among  the  roots 
of  the  plants  may  be  secured.  Obviously  the  dredge 


106      LAND  AND  FKESHWATEK  SHELLS,  ETC. 

misses  such ;  but  by  pulling  up  the  plants  by  their 
roots,  and  well  shaking  them  in  the  half-sunken 
sifter,  we  yet  after  all  obtain  them. 

From  causes  which  need  not  be  explained  here,, 
the  shells  living  in  some  ponds  are  all  much  eroded, 
or  coated  with  a  ferruginous  deposit;  it  will  be 
desirable  therefore  to  find  out  the  localities  where 
specimens  are  in  the  best  condition,  so  that  you  may 
have  typical  specimens  for  comparison  before  an 
extensive  collection  is  made. 

Our  experience  is,  that  though  a  considerable 
number  of  species  may  be  obtained  from  a  ditch  or 
pond,  yet  a  few  are  found  as  the  sole  molluscan 
tenants  of  particular  sheets  of  water;  that  lakes 
exhibit  a  dearth  of  life,  and  that  the  greatest  va- 
riety is  often  to  be  met  with  in  canals ;  but  should 
a  search  be  carried  on  in  them,  avoid  the  towpath 
side,  for  reasons  that  a  little  thought  will  readily 
suggest. 

Living  near  the  sea,  and  within  a  short  distance 
of  wooded  hill-sides,  we  had  within  a  limited  area 
such  a  variety  of  physical  features  that  we  were  led 
to  infer  the  existence  of  a  rich  molluscan  fauna  for 
the  neighbourhood.  Our  second  excursion  was  de- 
voted to  a  search  for  snails  along  the  sea  margin 
and  shores  of  the  estuary.  Proceeding  along  the 
low  sand-dunes — at  first  sight  a  most  uninteresting: 


LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC.     107 

spot — Helix  caperata,  H.  virgata,  Bidimus  'acutus, 
and  a  few  other  snails,  were  found  clustering  upon 
the  low  stunted  vegetation  in  such  numbers,  that 
hand  fills  might  have  been  gathered  within  an  area 
of  a  few  square  feet.  Leaving  the  seashore,  our 
way  led  us  over  the  foreshore  of  the  mouth  of  the 
river,  crushing  under  our  feet  at  every  step  shells 
of  Cardium  edule,  Scrobicularia  piperata,  and  a  few 
other  bivalves  which  find  a  congenial  habitat  in. 
such  situations.  Gaining  the  muddy  margins  of  the 
higher  part  of  the  estuary,  Conovulus  was  looked  for,, 
and  found  under  the  stones  along  the  high-water 
mark.  Higher  up  the  river  the  rejectamentum  on 
its  banks  was  carefully  turned  over,  and  we  were 
successful  in  securing  a  number  of  land  shells.  The 
animals,  of  course,  do  not  live  in  such  places ;  but 
their  empty  shells,  which  alone  were  found,  had  been, 
brought  down  from  the  land  surface  by  the  agency 
of  the  streams  and  tributaries  of  the  river.  Never- 
theless such  an  omnium  gatherum  should  demand 
attention,  as  its  contents  give  an  insight  into  the 
character  of  the  land  and  freshwater  forms  within 
the  area  of  drainage  of  the  river. 

The  number  of  estuarine  species  which  have  a 
place  in  our  works  devoted  to  British  land  and 
freshwater  snails  is  very  few,  and  the  majority, 
moreover,  are  confined  to  the  margins  of  the  tidal 


108     LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC. 

rivers  in  the  south  of  England.  Thus  Assiminea 
Grayana^  Hydrobia  ventrosa,  and  H.  similis,  live  on 
the  mud  banks  beneath  the  shade  of  sedges  and 
rushes,  skirting  the  Thames  below  Greenwich.  To 
gather  these  small  shells  singly  is  a  tedious  opera- 
tion ;  but  if  a  thin  piece  of  flat  wood,  or  other 
substitute  as  the  ingenuity  of  the  collector  suggests, 
be  used  to  scrape  lightly  over  the  surface  of  mud, 
transferring  the  mass  to  the  dredger,  and  washing  in 
water,  a  number  of  specimens  sufficient  to  stock 
every  private  cabinet  in  the  country  may  be  obtained 
jn  a  short  space  of  time. 

For  the  third  initiatory  excursion  our  steps  were 
directed  inland,  and  as  we  proceeded  the  hedgerows, 
mossy  banks,  and  margins  of  watercourses  were 
diligently  searched,  finding  a  Helix  here,  a  Pupa  or 
a  Succinea  there.  Gaining  the  woods,  we  turn  over 
the  damp  leaves,  grub  under  the  clumps  of  ferns 
and  wood-rushes  for  small  Helices,  Pupae,  and  the 
like ;  scan  the  trunks  of  the  trees  for  the  climbing 
ClausilidSj  Bulimi,  and  Helices,  not  unmindful  that 
each  little  dirt-like  mass  is  probably  a  Bulimus 
-obseurus,  which,  by  covering  its  shell  with  mud,  thus 
exhibits  a  protective  faculty,  and  often  escapes  de- 
tection. Eaise  the  rotting  bark  for  Balia ;  lift  the 
.stones  at  our  feet,  or  roll  away  a  log  for  Helicella, 


LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC.      109 


and  other  small  shells  which  usually  live  in  such 
situations. 

From  all  this  we  learn  that  each  species  affects 
certain  stations,  and  therefore,  with  the  knowledge 
of  the  circumstances  in  which  they  are  found,  we 
may  set  out  with  some  definite  idea  as  to  what  we 
are  likely  to  meet  with ;  and,  in  consequence,  when 
to  collect  and  where  to  collect  are  regulated  by  the 
unvarying  habits  of  the  objects  of  our  search. 

Now,  a  large  portion  of  the  life  of  most  land  snails 
is  passed  in  a  state  of  sleep.  Those  living  in  open 
situations  are  inactive  during  the  heat  of  a  summer's 
day,  and  when  there  is  continued  drought;  but  on 
the  first  shower,  or  after  the  fall  of  dew  at  night, 
they  recover  and  move  about  in  search  of  food. 
Cold  acts  much  in  the  same  way  as  heat,  and 
with  the  fall  of  the  leaf  they  retire  to  winter  quarters 
in  crannies  of  rocks,  crevices  of  walls,  under  heaps  of 
decaying  vegetation,  &c.,  or  bury  themselves  in  the 
soil,  there  to  hybernate  till  the  genial  showers  of 
spring  awaken  them. 

The  best  time  of  the  year  for  collecting  is  in  the 
autumn,  when  the  shells  are  full-grown.  Those 
collected  in  spring  have  lost  much  of  their  original 
beauty  by  exposure  to  the  rains  and  cold  of  the 
winter  months. 


110  LAND    AND   FRESHWATER   SHELLS,    ETC. 

As  regards  the  particular  time  of  day  to  collect 
with  advantage,  it  has  already  been  implied  that  a 
search  in  an  open  country  should  be  prosecuted  after 
a  shower  of  rain,  or  during  early  morn.  In  damp 
woods,  where  throughout  the  day  the  air  is  suffi- 
ciently moist  to  maintain  the  animals  in  full  activity, 
no  such  considerations  determine  the  best  time  for 
collecting.  In  such  places,  light  is  usually  the 
desideratum,  and  consequently  I  have  found  that 
a  search  conducted  at  midday  in  a  clear  sky  has  been 
amply  rewarded. 

Land  snails  exhibit  a  partiality  for  calcareous 
soils,  not  only  by  those  living  on  downs  and  hill- 
sides, but  also  by  the  woodland  species. 

Having  spent  the  forenoons  of  three  days  in 
gathering  slugs  and  snails  as  before  detailed,  one 
evening  was  devoted  to  the  preparation  of  the  speci- 
mens for  the  cabinet. 

The  first  step  was  to  remove  the  animals,  and,  as 
all  know,  it  is  neither  an  easy  nor  a  cleanly  task  to 
separate  the  living  snail  and  its  house ;  but  kill  your 
snail,  and  the  muscular  connection  with  the  shell 
being  severed,  its  whole  body  is  readily  taken  out 
by  means  of  a  pin — why,  it  is  just  like  picking 
periwinkles;  and  if  the  proclivities  of  our  child- 
hood's days  are  not  entirely  obliterated,  cleaning  out 
larger  snails  from  their  shells  will  be  a  task  re- 


LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC.     Ill 

quiring  no  teaching.  But,  with  regard  to  the  smaller 
kind,  it  is  another  matter,  and  it  will  be  my  duty  to 
show  you  how  to  set  about  the  work. 

Now  pick  out  those  shells,  the  apertures  of  which 
are  wide  enough,  as  it  seems  to  you,  to  permit  the 
removal  of  the  dead  body  of  the  snail  by  a  pin.  You 
may  also  place  with  them  the  larger  bivalves.  All 
these  we  will  boil  to  kill  the  animals  ;  then  strain 
off  the  water,  and  wash  with  cold  water.  By  this 
means  the  bodies  contract,  and  being  firmer  are  not 
so  liable  to  be  broken  in  the  process  of  removal. 
Shake  the  water  out  of  the  empty  shell,  and  place 
them  before  the  fire  to  dry ;  do  not  rub  them,  but 
particles  of  dirt  may  be  gently  flicked  off  by  the  aid 
of  a  camel-hair  brush.  Thus  we  treat  the  larger 

o 

snails.  Now  for  the  mussels.  Doubtless  most  of 
the  dead  bodies  will  have  fallen  out  between  the 
open  valves  while  in  the  water ;  should  any  remain, 
a  slight  shaking  of  the  shell  held  by  the  hand  in  the 
water  will  remove  the  contained  body.  Taken  from 
the  water,  the  valves  gape  widely ;  dry  the  inside 
and  outside  with  a  cloth,  and  having  tape  or  cotton 
at  hand,  close  the  valves  by  the  pressure  of  the 
thumb  and  fingers  of  the  one  hand,  and  with  the 
end  of  the  thread  between  your  teeth,  wind  the 
thread  two  or  three  times  around  the  shell  with  the 
other ;  now  tie  the  thread  as  tight  as  you  can.  "  Yes, 


112  LAND    AND    FRESHWATER    SHELLS,    ETC. 

I  have  done  so,  but  still  the  valves  are  not  closed/* 
True,  this  is  because  of  the  elasticity  of  thread.  If, 
however,  you  will  take  the  precaution  to  wet  the 
thread  before  tying,  you  will  find  that  the  tie  is 
more  secure,  and  that  there  is  less  difficulty  in 
making  the  second  knot. 

With  patience  and  a  little  skill,  bivalves  as  small 
as  Cyclas  cornea  may  be  treated  in  this  way.  But 
the  smaller  Ptsidiums,  and  some  of  the  minute  snails,, 
as  Carycliimti  minimum,  may  be  prepared  for  the 
cabinet  by  gently  drying  them  in  sand ;  too  great 
a  heat  causes  a  transfusion  of  the  carbonaceous 
matter  of  the  animal  into  the  substance  of  the  shell, 
which  is  thereby  discoloured. 

There  still  remain  for  treatment  such  shells  as 
Clausilia,  Bulimus,  Helicella,  some  Helices,  &c.,  the 
animals  of  which  retreat,  on  the  least  irritation, 
beyond  the  reach  of  a  pin,  and  whose  shells,  indeed, 
will  hardly  bear  the  rough  handling  almost  necessary 
when  a  pin  is  used.  Their  bodies  might  be  dried 
within  the  shells,  but  if  it  be  possible  to  remove 
some  portion  only  of  the  animal,  an  attempt  should 
be  made  to  do  so. 

Land  snails,  when  placed  in  water,  do  their  best 
to  effect  an  escape  from  a  medium  so  fatal  to  them ; 
their  efforts  are  usually  exhibited  by  stretching  out 
their  bodies  to  the  utmost,  swaying  them  to  and  fro 


LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC.     113 

as  if  in  search  of  a  foothold.  Taking  advantage  of 
this  propensity,  the  snails  should  be  immersed  in 
tepid  water,  because  the  majority,  after  a  day  or 
two's  confinement  in  the  collecting  boxes,  will  be  in 
a  dormant  condition,  and  warm  water  has  a  greater 
resuscitating  effect  than  cold.  When  all  the  snails 
are  struggling  to  find  a  way  out  of  their  unpleasant 
situation,  gradually  add  hot  water  so  as  to  kill  or 
paralyze  them  while  in  an  extended  state.  They 
may  now  be  thrown  into  boiling  water,  the  better 
to  relax  the  muscular  attachments,  and  the  bodies, 
or  so  much  as  will  come  away,  dragged  out  by  for- 
ceps, or  a  pin  passed  through  the  foot.  The  shells 
may  now  be  dried  in  sand,  as  before  mentioned. 

In  cleaning  the  shells  of  some  species,  great  care 
is  needed,  so  as  not  to  remove  the  hairs  or  bristles 
which  clothe  the  surface  of  the  epidermis. 

The  shells  of  such  snails  as  Paludina,  Cydostoma, 
&c.,  &c.,  would  be  imperfectly  illustrated  without  the 
opercula  or  lids  which  close  the  apertures  of  their 
shells.  Each  one  should  be  detached  from  the  foot 
of  the  srail,  the  interior  of  the  shell  plugged  with 
cotton  wool,  and  the  specimen  gummed  down  in  its 
natural  position. 

The  preservation  of  slugs  requires  separate  treat- 
ment, and  I  can  give  but  little  additional  inform- 
ation to  that  published  in  my  'British  Land  and 


114     LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC. 

Freshwater    Molluscs,'   an   extract    from   which    is 
subjoined :  — 

"  As  regards  the  internal  shell,  it  may  be  obtained 
by  making  a  conical  incision  in  the  shield,  taking 
care  not  to  cut  down  upon  the  calcareous  plate, 
which  can  then  be  removed  without  difficulty.  The 
animals  can  only  be  conserved  by  keeping  them  in 
some  preservative  fluid;  but  the  great  object  to 
keep  in  view  is  to  have  the  slug  naturally  extended. 
Most  fluids  contract  the  slugs  when  they  are  im- 
mersed in  them.  The  slugs  should  be  killed  whilst 
crawling,  by  plunging  them  into  a  solution  of  cor- 
rosive sublimate,  or  into  benzine.  Models  in  wax 
or  dough  are  sometimes  substituted  for  the  animals. 
A  writer  in  the  '  Naturalist '  gives  a  process  for  the 
preservation  of  slugs,  which  he  states  to  answer 
admirably,  and  to  be  very  superior  to  spirit,  glyce- 
rine, creosote,  and  other  solutions  : — '  Make  a  cold 
saturated  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate ;  put  it  into 
a  deep  wide-mouthed  bottle ;  then  take  the  slug  you 
wish  to  preserve,  and  let  it  crawl  upon  a  long  slip 
of  card.  When  the  tentacles  are  fully  extended, 
plunge  it  suddenly  into  the  solution;  in  a  few 
minutes  it  will  die,  with  the  tentacles  fully  extended 
in  the  most  life-like  manner ;  so  much  so  indeed,  if 
taken  out  of  the  fluid  it  would  be  difficult  to  say 
whether  it  be  alive  or  dead.  The  slugs  thus  pre- 


LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC.     115 

pared  should  not  be  mounted  in  spirit,  as  it  is  apt  to 
contract  and  discolour  them.  A  mixture  of  one  and 
a  half  parts  of  water  and  one  part  of  glycerine,  I 
find  to  be  the  best  mounting  fluid.  It  preserves 
the  colour  beautifully,  and  its  antiseptic  qualities 
are  unexceptionable.  A  good-sized  test-tube  answers 
better  than  a  bottle  for  putting  them  up,  as  it  admits 
of  closer  examination  of  the  animal.  The  only  draw- 
back to  this  process  is,  that  unless  the  solution  is  of 
sufficient  strength,  and  unless  the  tentacles  are  ex- 
truded when  the  animal  is  immersed,  it  generally, 
but  not  invariably,  fails.  Some  slugs  appear  to  be 
more  susceptible  to  the  action  of  the  fluid  than 
others ;  and  it  generally  answers  better  with  full- 
grown  than  with  young  specimens.  But  if  suc- 
cessful, the  specimens  are  as  satisfactory  as  could  be 
desired ;  and  even  if  unsuccessful,  they  are  a  great 
deal  better  than  those  preserved  in  spirit;  for, 
although  the  tentacles  may  not  be  completely  ex- 
truded, they  are  more  or  less  so.' " 

The  Testacellae  I  have  treated  in  the  following 
manner :  by  partially  drying  them  in  sand,  and  re- 
moval of  the  soft  parts  through  a  cut  in  the  length 
of  the  foot,  filling  up  with  cotton  wool  and  a  renewal 
of  the  drying. 

Our  land  and  freshwater  snails  have  other  struc- 
tures besides  their  shells  which  should  claim  our 

i  2 


116     LAND  AND  FRESHWATER  SHELLS,  ETC. 

attention.  These,  which  include  their  jaws,  tongues,, 
and  some  other  minute  parts,  are  not  so  inaccessible 
as  one  is  at  first  too  apt  to  consider,  and  are  de- 
servedly in  favour  as  microscopic  objects  requiring 
a  low  power.  I  shall  assume  that  the  collector  has 
preserved  the  bodies  or  the  heads  of  the  snails  in 
spirit,  which  he  has  removed  from  their  shells  in  the 
process  of  preparing  them  for  his  cabinet.  He  will 
take  care  to  keep  separate  the  animals  of  each 
species. 

A  last  word  upon  the  mode  of  displaying  the 
shells  in  the  cabinet.  Here  one  has  considerable 
choice,  as  they  may  be  kept  in  open  card  trays,  or 
in  glass-topped  boxes,  or  gummed  on  cards,  papered 
boards,  or  glass  tablets.  Loose  specimens  admit  of 
ready  examination,  whilst  the  method  of  mounting 
permits  an  arrangement  of  individuals  according  to 
size  and  locality,  and  is  much  to  be  preferred. 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  PERNS.        Ill 


VIII. 

FLOWERING   PLANTS  AND   FERNS. 

BY  JAMES  BRITTEN,  F.L.S. 

PART  I. 

THE  kindred  subjects  of  the  collecting  of  plants  and 
their  arrangement  in  the  herbarium  have  been 
treated  of  over  and  over  again,  and  it  might  almost 
seem  as  though  nothing  further  need  be  said  upon 
the  matter.  But  in  spite  of  all  that  has  been 
written,  it  cannot  be  said  that  anything  like  uniform 
excellence  has  been  attained,  either  in  the  collecting 
or  drying  of  specimens :  on  the  contrary,  much  care- 
lessness is  still  exhibited  in  both  particulars,  and  the 
following  remarks  on  the  subject  may  therefore  be 
useful  to  some,  at  any  rate,  among  the  readers  of 
•'  Science  Gossip.'  It  has  been  found  impossible  to 
treat  both  points  adequately  in  one  paper,  so,  on  the 
present  occasion,  we  shall  devote  ourselves  to  col- 
lecting, leaving  the  arrangement  and  matters  con- 
nected therewith  for  another  occasion. 

The  great  aim  to  be  kept  in  view  in  collecting  is 
to  obtain  as  perfect  and  comprehensive  a  specimen 
as  possible ;  that  is,  one  showing  every  part  of  the 
.plant — root,  leaves,  flowers,  and  fruit.  It  is  not 


118 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 
Fif.  31. 


foung  Plant  of  Ipomcea  QuamocUt  (from  Decandolle's  '  Organogvaphie  % 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS.        119 

always  practicable  to  show  all  these  upon  one  speci- 
men, and  in  such  cases  such  a  number  must  be 
selected  as  will  carry  out  this  plan.  The  wretched 
scraps  with  which  some  collectors  content  themselves 
are  not  only  useless  to  their  owners,  but  annoyances 
to  everyone  who  has  to  do  with  them,  or  who  is 
requested  to  pronounce  an  opinion  upon  them. 
Anyone  who  has  had  anything  to  do  with  naming 
plants  for  *  Science  Gossip,'  or  any  other  journal, 
which  in  this  manner  supplies  information  to  its 
subscribers,  will  be  able  to  testify  to  the  large 
number  of  persons  who  do  not  scruple  to  send  for 
determination  single  leaves,  or  a  terminal  shoot  of  a 
flowering  plant,  or  a  pinnule  of  a  fern  without  fruit ; 
a  proceeding  which  is  unfair  to  those  to  whom  they 
are  submitted,  inasmuch  as  they  either  have  to  risk 
their  reputation  for  accuracy,  or  to  appear  un- 
courteous  by  refusing  to  have  anything  to  do  with 
such  specimens. 

To  begin  at  the  beginning,  How  rarely  do  we  find 
the  embryo  of  any  species  represented  in  a  collection 
of  dried  plants?  It  ought  to  be  there,  not  only  as 
essential  to  the  complete  presentment  of  the  history 
of  the  species,  but  as  in  certain  cases  indicating 
relationships  which  are  not  apparent  when  the  plant 
is  more  advanced.  Those  who  have  not  observed 
them  would  be  surprised  to  find  how  much  variety 
of  form  exists  in  the  cotyledons  alone,  from  the 


120 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 


fleshy  cotyledons  of  many  of  the  Leguminosse,  the 
horse-chestnut,  &c.,  to  the  foliaceous  ones,  or  seed- 
leaves,  of  other  plants.  Among  the  latter  may  be 
noted  and  compared  the  lobed  or  palmate  cotyledons 
of  the  lime  (Fig.  32) ;  the  glossy  dark  green,  some- 
Fig.  32. 


Lime  (Tilia  Europaa). 

what  kidney-shaped  ones  of  the  beech  (Fig,  33); 
and  the  pinnatifid  ones  of  the  common  garden  cress 
(Lepidium  sativum) ;  the  obcordate  ones  of  the  mus- 
tard or  radish ;  the  long,  narrow,  thin  ones  of  the 


FLOWERING   PLANTS   AND    FERNS. 


121 


•sycamore  (Fig.  34) ;  the  sinuous  or  corrugated  and 
bilobed  ones  of  the  walnut,  and  many  more  which  will 

Fig.  33. 


Beech  (Fagus  sylvaticet). 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 

occur  to  the  observant  reader,  or  which  may  be  col- 
lected by  anyone  who  will  take  the  trouble  to  watch 
the  germination  of  plants.  And  by  making  such 
collections,  unexpected  discoveries  may  arise,  which 


Fig.  34. 


Sycamore  (Acer  pseudo-platanus),  showing  cotyledons  and  first  and 
second  pair  of  leaves. 

will  yet  further  confirm  what  has  been  said  about 
the  variety  in  form  and  structure  even  in  these 
beginnings  of  growth.  Plants  which  are,  on  ac- 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS.        123 

count  of  their  general  affinities,  reckoned  among  the 
dicotyledons,  may  be  found  on  investigation  to  have 
but  one  cotyledon,  as  Dr.  Dickson  observed  to  be 
the  case  with  two  of  our  butterworts,  Pinguicula 
vulgaris  and  P.  grandiflora,  the  third  species,  P.  lusi- 
tanica,  being  dicotyledonous ;  or  even  to  be  acoty- 
ledonous,  as  is  the  case  with  the  dodder  (Cuscuta).. 
In  the  latter-named  genus,  it  is  of  importance  to 
collect  young  specimens,  as  showing  that  the  plant, 
although  parasitic  as  soon  as  it  comes  in  contact  with 
a  suitable  foster-plant,  is  of  independent  origin.  A 
search  among  young  plants  will  no  doubt  lead  to  the 
discovery  of  some  abnormalities,  such  as  tricotyle- 
donous  embryos  and  other  irregularities.  Of  some 
plants,  such  as  the  furze,  the  true  leaves  can  only  be 
found  at  an  early  stage  of  growth ;  in  others,  much 
variation  may  be  noted  in  many  points  between  the 
first  leaves  and  the  more  perfect  ones  which  succeed 
them ;  some,  as  the  holly,  at  once  developing  leaves, 
similar  to  those  which  are  produced  throughout  the 
life  of  the  plant,  and  others  going  through  many 
modifications  before  the  ultimate  shape  is  attained,. 
as  in  the  ash,  elder,  ivy,  maple,  &c. 

The  roots  or  rhizomes  also  require  to  be  much 
more  fully  represented  and  carefully  collected  than 
is  usually  the  case.  In  every  instance  where  the 
size  of  the  plant  does  not  prevent,  the  subterranean. 


124        FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 

and  subaqueous  parts  should  be  carefully  procured 
and  preserved. 

Dr.  Trimen  has  lately  directed  attention  to  the 
corm-like  tubers  of  the  water  plantain  (AUsma)* 
closely  resembling  those  of  the  arrowhead  (Sagitta- 
ria),  which  have  been  described  and  figured  by 
Nolte,  but  "  do  not  seem  to  have  been  observed,  or 
at  least  properly  understood,  in  this  country.  They 
are  buds  remaining  dormant  through  the  winter, 
and  containing  a  store  of  nutriment,  to  be  employed 
in  the  development  of  the  new  plant  from  the  tuber 
in  the  next  year."  Similar  bulbs  are  developed  by 
the  frogbit  (Hydrocharis).  In  determining  many 
grasses  and  rushes,  it  is  of  importance  to  ascertain 
whether  the  rhizome  is  creeping  or  caespitose,  and  it 
is  therefore  essential  to  collect  good  specimens.  In 
the  case  of  such  plants  as  the  coral- wort  (Dentaria 
bullifera)  and  toothwort  (Lafhrsea  squamaria),  the 
root-stocks  are  eminently  characteristic.  Of  such 
parasites  as  the  broomrapes  (Orobanche),  some  care 
is  requisite  in  obtaining  specimens  in  which  the 
connection  between  the  parasite  and  its  foster-plant 
may  be  preserved  and  shown.  The  absence  or  pre- 
sence of  tubers  should  also  be  noted,  and  if  present, 
they  must  be  represented. 

Passing  on  to  the  leaves,  we  may  note  the  im- 

*  *  Journal  of  Botany/  1871,  p.  306. 


FLOWERING   PLA.NTS    AND    FERNS. 

portance  of  obtaining  in  every  case  the  root-leaves 
of  each  species.  These  are  often  very  different  in 
form  from  the  stem-leaves,  as  in  such  species  as  the 
harebell  (Campanula  rotundifolia),  Pimpinella  saxi- 
fraga,  the  earth-nut  (Bunium  flexuosum),  and  many 
more ;  in  some  instances,  as  in  the  Jersey  bugloss 
(Echium  plantagineum),  they  at  once  characterize 
the  species.  Still  more  important  are  these  lower 
leaves  in  the  case  of  water-plants :  in  the  arrowhead 
(Sagittaria),  for  example,  they  are  narrow,  and  re- 
semble those  of  the  bur-reed  (Sparganium) ;  and  in 
the  water  plantain  (Alisma  plantago),  the  submerged 
leaves  are  equally  different  from  those  which  rise  out 
of  the  water.  This  difference  is  still  more  noticeable 
in  the  case  of  the  aquatic  Ranunculi,  where  a  know- 
ledge of  the  submerged  leaves  is  essential  to  the 
discrimination  of  the  various  forms  or  species. 

Where  practicable,  the  whole  plant  should  be 
collected  for  the  herbarium ;  but  when,  from  its  size, 
this  cannot  be  accomplished,  leaves  from  the  root, 
the  centre  of  the  main  stem,  and  the  lateral  branches, 
should  be  taken.  As  to  the  stem  itself,  that  must 
be  represented :  in  the  EM,  indeed,  it  is  essential. 
"  To  judge  properly  of  a  bramble  from  a  preserved 
specimen,"  says  Professor  Babington,  "  we  require  a 
piece  of  the  middle  of  the  stem  with  more  than  one 
leaf ;  the  base  and  tip  of  the  stem  are  also  desirable, 


126         FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 

likewise  a  piece  of  the  old  stem  with  the  flowering 
shoot  attached  to  it ;  the  panicle  with  flowers,  and 
the  fruit.  We  likewise  want  to  know  the  direction 
of  the  stem  throughout,  of  the  leaflets,  and  of  the 
calyx ;  also  the  shape  of  the  petals  and  the  colour 
of  the  styles  :  a  note  of  these  should  be  made  when 
the  specimen  is  gathered." 

Passing  on  to  the  flowers,  we  shall  find  it  neces- 
sary to  represent  them  in  almost  every  stage,  from 
the  bud  to  the  perfecting  of  the  fruit.  It  is  of 
course  in  most  cases  possible  to  select  an  example 
in  such  a  state  as  to  show  upon  the  same  plant  buds, 
flowers,  and  fruits;  but  where  this  is  not  the  case, 
•each  of  these  particulars  must  be  supplemented  by 
additional  specimens.  The  turn  which  botanical 
investigation  has  recently  taken  towards  the  study 
of  the  phenomena  connected  with  fertilization  has 
given  the  collector  another  subject  to  which  his 
-attention  may  be  profitably  directed.  It  has  been 
observed  that  in  some  plants  the  stamens  are  de- 
veloped before  the  pistils ;  in  others,  the  pistils  are 
matured  before  the  stamens;  while  in  yet  a  third 
set,  stamens  and  pistils  are  simultaneously  perfected. 
These  three  groups  of  plants  are  termed  respectively 
protandrous,  protogynous,  and  cynacmic,  and  a  very 
little  observation  will  show7  that  examples  of  each 
are  sufficiently  common. 


FLOWERING   PLANTS    AND   FERNS.  127 

Then  in  dioecious  and  monoecious  plants,  both 
•male  and  female  flowers  must  be  collected,  and  in 
some  cases,  as  in  the  willows,  four  specimens  are 
accessary  to  the  complete  presentment  of  the  species, 
showing  respectively  the  male  and  female  catkins, 
the  leaves,  and  the  fruit.  Some  plants  produce  two 
listinct  forms  of  blossom,  as  is  noticeable  in  the 
violets  and  the  woodsorrel,  one  being  conspicuous 
and  usually  barren,  the  other  insignificant  and  often 
apetalous,  but  producing  perfect  fruit.  The  pollen 
will  afford  occupation  to  the  microscopist :  the  re- 
searches of  Mr.  Gulliver  and  Mr.  Charles  Bailey 
have  demonstrated  that  important  distinguishing 
characters  are  in  some  instances  furnished  by  it. 
While  on  this  point  it  may  be  suggested  that  it  is 
convenient  in  many  cases  to  collect  several  specimens 
jf  the  flowers  alone,  which,  when  dried,  should  be 
placed  in  a  small  envelope  or  capsule,  and  attached 
to  the  sheet  on  which  the  plant  is  represented.  In 
the  event  of  any  examination  which  may  be  requisite 
ifter  the  plant  is  dried,  these  detached  blossoms  will 
be  found  very  useful,  and  will  prevent  the  necessity 
of  damaging  the  specimen.  In  the  case  of  such 
plants  as  shed  their  corollas  very  readily,  as  the 
speedwells,  it  is  as  well  to  put  them  in  press  as 
soon  as  collected  ;  and  the  colour  of  many  may  be 
retained  bv  the  same  means. 


128        FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 

The  fruits  and  seeds  of  plants  are  too  generally 
neglected  by  amateur  collectors,  but  are  essential  to 
the  completeness  of  a  specimen.  It  may  be  found 
practically  convenient  to  keep  these  in  a  separate 
place,  and  detached  from  the  plant;  and  in  many 
cases  of  dried  fruits  it  is  advisable  to  sort  them  into 
their  places  without  previous  pressing.  By  this 
means  the  modes  of  dehiscence  will  readily  be  seen : 
pulpy  and  succulent  fruits  should  be  preserved  in 
spirit.  In  such  plants  as  the  species  of  sea  sand  wort 
(Lepigonum),  and  some  Chenopodia,  important  specific 
characters  are  drawn  from  the  seed ;  as  they  are 
from  the  pods  of  Melilotus  and  the  fruits  of  Agrimonia. 
In  collecting  ferns,  well-fruited  fronds  must  be 
selected,  as  it  is  impossible  to  determine  specimens 
without  fructification.  Grasses  should  be  selected 
when  in  flower  and  fruit,  but  must  not  be  allowed  to 
attain  too  great  an  age  before  they  are  collected. 

We  have  been  speaking  so  far  of  the  things  to  be- 
collected,  and  space  will  not  allow  us  to  dilate  at 
any  length  upon  the  apparatus  necessary  to  that 
end.  Nor  indeed  is  this  necessary;  a  good-sized 
vasculum,  with  one  or  two  smaller  boxes  for  the 
pocket,  in  which  the  more  delicate  plants  may  be 
preserved;  a  strong  pocket-knife  or  small  trowel, 
for  procuring  roots,  and  a  hooked  stick  wherewith  to 
fish  out  water-plants,  or  pull  down  branches,  are  the 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS.        121) 

principal  things  required.  To  anyone  residing  for 
any  length  of  time,  or  even  only  for  a  few  days,  in 
a  district,  a  "London  Catalogue"  is  an  important 
acquisition,  in  which  should  be  marked  off  all  the 
species  met  with ;  by  this  means  the  flora  of  the 
neighbourhood  is  ascertained  at  a  very  slight  ex- 
penditure of  time  and  trouble.  It  is  not  advisable 
to  collect  too  many  plants  at  once,  or  to  crowd  the 
Yasculum,  unless  under  exceptional  circumstances ; 
nor  should  the  desire  to  possess  rare  plants  tend,  as 
is  too  often  the  case,  to  the  neglect  and  exclusion  of 
commoner  ones. 

A  careful  and  observant  collector  will  frequently 
meet  \\ith  forms  which  deviate  more  or  less  from 
the  accepted  type  of  a  species.  When  these  appear 
to  offer  any  marked  characters,  they  should  be  noted ; 
and  in  all  cases  it  is  well  to  preserve  any  forms 
which,  from  external  circumstances,  have  a  different 
appearance  from  the  normal  state.  The  differences 
produced  by  soil  and  situation  alone  are  very  con- 
siderable ;  and  though  the  essential  characters  are 
usually  to  be  discerned,  the  interest  and  value  of  a 
herbarium  are  very  much  increased  by  a  selection  of 
examples  showing  the  range  of  a  species.  Campanula 
glomerata  offers  a  good  example  of  this.  In  damp 
meadows  it  is  from  one  to  two  feet  high,  with  a 
large  spreading  terminal  head  of  blossoms,  while  on 

K 


130        FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 

chalk  downs  it  does  not  attain  more  than  as  many 
inches,  with  only  one  or  two  flowers ;  in  this  state  it 
was  described  by  Withering  as  a  gentian,  under  the 
name  of  Geniiana  collina;  and  the  same  author 
gives  as  Campanula  uniflora  a  one-flowered  mountain 
state  of  the  harebell  (C.  rotundifolia). 

The  collector  will  also  do  well  to  keep  a  look-out 
for  deviations  in  structure,  which  are  often  of  great 
interest.  In  short,  nothing  should  be  neglected 
which  can  tend  to  the  perfect  presentment  of  a 
species  in  the  herbarium :  its  utility  is  commensurate 
with  its  completeness.  The  mere  collector  may  be 
satisfied  with  scraps  of  a  rare  plant  and  the  absence 
of  commoner  species ;  but  the  real  worker  will  pride 
himself  rather  upon  the  possession  of  instructive 
examples,  which  may  be  of  assistance  to  himself,  as 
well  as  to  all  those  who  may  consult  them. 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS.        131 


IX. 

FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 

BY  JAMES  BRITTEN,  F.L.S. 

PART  II. 

WE  will  assume  that  our  collecting  for  the  year 
has  come  to  a  close ;  that  the  long  evenings  are 
beginning,  and  that  our  dried  plants  have  been 
brought  together  from  their  temporary  resting-places 
to  be  revised  and  selected  from,  so  that  they  may  be 
intercalated  in  their  places  in  the  herbarium,  if  we 
already  possess  one,  or,  if  we  are  as  yet  quite  novices, 
that  they  may  form  a  nucleus  around  which  the 
whole  British  flora  shall  be  gathered  in  due  course. 
First  of  all,  we  must  make  all  necessary  preparation 
for— 

Mounting,  the  first  essential  to  which  is  paper. 
Much  of  the  neatness  of  a  herbarium  depends  upon 
its  uniformity,  so  that  it  is  desirable  to  lay  down  a 
definite  plan  at  the  beginning  and  to  act  up  to  it 
consistently.  Amateurs  often  spoil  specimens  which 
they  have  collected  and  preserved  with  considerable 
care  by  transferring  them  from  one  sheet  to  another ; 
from  books — but  it  is  only  very  amateur  botanists 

K  2 


132        FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 

who  keep  their  plants  in  this  way ! — to  loose  sheets^ 
from  small  paper  to  large,  and  so  on;  each  change 
being  attended  with  some  slight  damage  to  the 
specimen  so  treated.  It  is,  I  believe,  the  common 
practice  on  the  Continent  to  keep  the  specimens 
loose  in  folded  sheets  of  paper ;  but  this  plan  is  not 
followed  in  England,  and  although  advantageous,  as 
permitting  the  fullest  examination  of  the  plant,  it  is 
attended  with  much  risk  to  the  specimens  in  the 
way  of  breakage ;  so  that  we  may  consider  it  settled 
that  we  are  going  to  fasten  our  plant  down  upon  a 
sheet  of  paper.  This  must  be  rather  stout,  and  large 
enough  to  admit  the  full  representation  of  the 
species.  The  sheets  used  at  the  Kew  Herbarium 
are  16J  inches  long  by  10^  inches  wide;  those  em- 
ployed at  the  British  Museum  are  17  J  inches  by 
Hi  inches;  but  the  former  will  be  found  amply 
sufficient  for  our  purpose.  The  next  consideration. 
is  the  means  by  which  the  specimens  are  to  be 
secured,  which  are  more  various  than  might  at  first 
be  supposed.  Some  persons  sew  them  to  the  paper ; 
others  p^ace  straps  over  them,  which  are  secured 
with  small  pins;  but  the  choice  practically  lies 
between  fixing. the  whole  specimen  to  the  paper  with 
gum,  paste,  or  glue,  or  securing  it  with  straps  of 
gummed  paper.  The  former  plan,  which  is  that 
adopted  at  our  great  public  herbaria,  is  certainly 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS.        133 

better  for  specimens  which  are  likely  to  be  much 
consulted;  but  the  latter  is  in  some  respects  more 
satisfactory,  if  somewhat  tedious,  as  it  admits  the 
removal  of  the  plant  to  another  sheet  if  necessary, 
and  delicate  portions,  such  as  thin  petals  or  leaves, 
are  not  injured  as  they  are  when  gummed  down.  At 
the  British  Museum  and  Kew  a  mixture  of  gum 
tragacanth  and  gum-arabic  (the  former  dissolved  in 
the  latter),  in  about  equal  parts,  is  used  for  this  pur- 
pose; but  very  coriaceous  specimens  are  secured 
with  glue  at  the  last-named  establishment,  while  in 
the  former  the  stems  and  ends  of  branches  are 
.usually  also  secured  with  straps.  When  the  speci- 
men is  entirely  gummed  down,  it  is  a  good  plan  to 
keep  a  few  extra  flowers  or  fruits  in  a  small  capsule 
attached  to  the  sheet:  these  will  be  useful  if  it  is 
required  to  dissect  such  portions,  and  the  specimen 
need  not  be  injured  for  such  purpose. 

Poisoning. — Some  persons  are  in  the  habit  of 
employing  a  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate  for  the 
purpose  of  washing  over  their  plants  when  mounted, 
and  so  preventing  the  development  of  animal  life. 
The  solution  in  use  at  the  Kew  Herbarium  is  com- 
posed of  one  pound  of  corrosive  sublimate,  and  the 
same  quantity  of  carbolic  acid  to  four  gallons  of 
methylated  spirit ;  this  fulfils  the  purpose  for  which 
it  is  intended  very  well,  but  is  somewhat  disagreeable 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 

to  use.  At  the  British  Museum  it  is  found  that  the 
presence  of  camphor,  frequently  renewed  in  each 
cabinet,  is  sufficient  to  prevent  the  attacks  of  insects. 
It  will  soon  be  discovered  that  some  plants,  such,  for 
example,  as  the  UmbeHiferte  and  Grossulariacese,  are 
peculiarly  liable  to  such  attacks ;  and  these  orders 
must  be  inspected  from  time  to  time,  so  that  any 
insect  ravages  may  at  once  be  checked.  Damp  is  to 
be  avoided  in  the  situation  of  the  herbarium,  as  it 
favours  the  development  not  only  of  insects  but  of 
mould,  and  renders  the  specimens  rotten. 

The  question  of  labelling  is  of  some  importance, 
especially  to  those  who  value  neatness  and  uni- 
formity in  the  appearance  of  their  herbarium.  One 
or  two  sets  of  printed  labels  for  this  purpose  have 
been  issued,  but  they  cannot  be  recommended. 
They  give  more  than  is  necessary,  e.  g.  the  English,, 
or,  more  correctly,  the  book-English  names,  the 
general  habitats,  and  definite  localities  of  rare  spe- 
cies, and  allow  very  insufficient  space  for  filling  in 
the  date  and  place  of  collecting,  the  name  of  the  col- 
lector, and  such  remarks  as  occasionally  occur.  The 
plan  of  writing  all  necessary  information  upon  the 
sheet  itself  is  a  good  one ;  but  those  who  prefer  a 
uniform  series  of  labels  will  find  that  a  form  like 
the  following  is  as  useful  as  any  which  they  can 
adopt,  and  includes  all  necessary  information.  The 


FLOWERING   PLANTS    AND    FERNS.  135 

size  here  given  will  be  adequate  for  almost  all 
requirements,  and  is  a  "happy  medium"  between 
the  small  tickets  upon  which  we  have  animadverted, 
and  the  enormous  ones  with  which  some  botanists 
think  it  necessary  to  accompany  their  specimens. 
Care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  the  possibility  of  a 
misplacement  of  labels  ;  many  serious  blunders  have 
arisen  from  the  neglect  of  due  precaution  in  this 
matter. 


Herb.  John  Smith. 


Kanimculus  acris,  L. 
&  K.  Steveni,  Reich. 

Loc.  Meadows  near  Barchester. 

DATE,  June  30,  1874. 

COLL.  John  Smith. 


Arrangement. — The  plants,  being  now  affixed  to 
their  respective  sheets  and  duly  labelled,  are  ready 
to  be  placed  in  covers,  and  rendered  available  for 
ready  reference.  Each  genus  will  require  a  separate 
cover,  which  may  well  be  of  somewhat  stouter  paper 
than  that  on  which  the  plants  are  mounted  ;  the 
name  of  the  genus  should  be  written  at  the  left- 


136        FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 

hand  corner,  followed  by  a  reference  to  the  page  of 
the  manual  by  which  the  plants  are  arranged,  or 
to  the  number  which  it  bears  in  the  "London  Cata- 
logue," if  that  be  employed  in  their  arrangement — a 
purpose  for  which  it  is  very  suitable.  Should  the 
species  be  represented  by  more  than  one  sheet,  it  is 
convenient  to  inclose  each  in  a  cover  of  thinner 
paper,  which,  may  bear  the  number  assigned  to  the 
plant  in  the  right-hand  corner ;  and  it  is  also  con- 
venient to  write  the  name  of  the  plant  at  the  bottom 
of  each  sheet,  and  to  number  it  also  in  the  right- 
hand  corner.  These  details  may  appear  trivial,  but 
they  in  reality  affect  in  no  small  degree  the  readi- 
ness with  which  any  species  may  be  referred  to. 
Should  the  plants  be  arranged  in  accordance  with 
the  "London  Catalogue,"  a  copy  should  be  kept  with 
the  herbarium,  in  which  the  plants  should  be  ticked 
off,  so  that  it  may  serve  as  a  catalogue  of  the  species 
represented. 

Cabinets. — It  will  of  course  be  necessary  to  provide 
some  accommodation  for  our  specimens,  and  for  this 
purpose  we  shall  find  no  better  model  than  the 
cabinets  in  use  in  the  Botanical  Department  of  the 
British  Museum.  The  accompanying  figure  (drawn 
to  scale)  is  an  exact  representation  of  one  of  these. 
The  measurements  can  of  course  be  modified  so  as 
to  suit  the  size  of  the  herbarium  sheets.  Each  shelf 


FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 


137 


is  a  separate  drawer,  which  with  its  contents  can  be 
taken  out  and  replaced  at  will.     Two  cabinets  such 

Fig.  35. 


Cabinet  for  Herbarium  Sheets. 


as  that  figured  will  be  found  amply  sufficient  to 
contain  a  very  good  British  herbarium.  At  Kew 
the  cabinets  employed  are  somewhat  similar,  but 
their  height  is  greater  and  the  shelves  are  fixed. 


138       FLOWERING  PLANTS  AND  FERNS. 

The  above  are  the  principal  points  connected  with 
the  arrangement  of  a  herbarium,  considered  as  dis- 
tinct from  the  work'  of  collecting.  It  is  possible 
that  I  may  have  omitted  to  touch  upon  certain 
details  which  may  occur  to  the  amateur ;  should 
such  be  the  case,  I  may  add  that  I  shall  be  happy 
to  supply  any  additional  information,  either  by  letter 
or  by  word  of  mouth ;  or  to  show  the  system  adopted 
at  the  British  Museum  to  anyone  who  may  call  upon 
me  there  for  further  hints  upon  the  subject. 


GRASSES,    ETC. 


X. 

GRASSES,    ETC. 
BY  PKOFESSOR  BUCKMAN,  F.G.S.,  ETC. 

GRASSES  form  such  a  distinct  group  of  plants,  and 
their  study  is  so  often  undertaken  for  special  pur- 
poses, that  a  few  remarks  upon  their  collection  and 
preservation  can  hardly  be  considered  as  out  of  place 
in  this  little  manual. 

Delicately  as  grasses  are  formed,  yet  it  cannot  be 
said  that  their  tissues  are  so  liable  to  injury,  or  their 
colours  so  evanescent,  as  those  of  the  flowering  plants 
which  the  botanist  ordinarily  delights  in.  Nor  in- 
deed are  the  grasses  so  succulent  as  many  other 
herbs.  In  this  respect  they  may  be  said  to  hold  a 
place  between  ferns  and  those  plants  which  usually 
are  called  flowers. 

Again,  in  the  dried  state  their  organs  are  generally 
so  well  preserved  as  to  present  all  that  a  botanist  can 
wish  for,  for  identification  as  well  as  arrangement ; 
and  the  student  of  grasses  ever  finds  his  collection 
to  contain  beauties  not  only  in  point  of  rarity,  but 
as  regards  delicacy  of  structure  and  grace  of  outline. 

Viewing  them  in  this  light  alone,  we  have  often. 


140  GRASSES,    ETC. 

been  astonished  that  so  many  students  of  plants  pay 
so  little  attention  to  them,  and  this  feeling  is  en- 
hanced when  the  great  value  of  the  grasses  is  con- 
sidered. 

If  then  a  few  simple  directions  for  preserving 
these  plants  shall  have  the  effect  of  winning  a  con- 
vert to  these  views,  we  shall  be  delighted ;  and  to 
this  end  we  shall  make  our  descriptions  as  plain  as 
our  process  has  ever  been  easy  and  simple,  and  yet 
complete. 

In  collecting  grasses,  as  in  other  tribes  of  plants, 
it  will  be  necessary  that  our  specimens  should  be 
•chosen  with  the  view  to  exhibit  every  feature  of 
interest.  With  this  aim,  then,  it  will  be  best  in  the 
general  way  to  obtain  as  much  of  the  plant  as  possible, 
so  that  it  may  be  necessary  to  get  them  up  by  the 
roots.  Still,  in  many  species  the  root  is  not  of  much 
importance :  but  there  are  a  few  which  possess 
rhizomata,  or  underground  stems ;  such  as  the  Triti- 
cum  repens,  Poa  pratensis,  P.  compressa,  Holcus  mollis, 
Agrostis  stolonifera,  and  others.  These  should  always 
exhibit  these  parts  ;  and  as  such  examples  are  usually 
agrarian,  it  is  easier  to  mark  down  desirable  speci- 
mens and  seek  a  fork  at  the  neighbouring  farm- 
buildings  wherewith  to  completely  get  them  out, 
than  to  carry  any  substitute  in  a  smaller  and  less 
perfect  implement. 


GRASSES,    ETC.  141 

Having  made  these  remarks,  we  will  suppose  that 
we  are  now  about  to  sally  forth  in  search  of  grasses ; 
in  which  case  we  make  the  following  preparations. 

As  we  do  not  file  our  copy  of  the  '  Times/  we 
make  use  of  it  as  collecting-paper  as  follows  : — Each 
side  of  the  paper  is  cut  in  two,  or,  as  a  Cockney  would 
say,  "  in  half."  Each  half  is  then  folded  into  a 
double  collecting-sheet,  and  as  many  of  these  are 
taken  as  are  likely  to  be  useful.  In  each  of  these 
papers  is  put  a  small  slip  of  writing-paper,  on  which 
to  note  the  locality  and  any  other  noteworthy  fact 
connected  with  a  specimen  when  put  in  the  paper. 
These  papers,  separately  folded,  are  placed  with  the 
open  ends  inwards  in  a  convenient  portfolio,  and  the 
collector  is  ready  to  take  the  field. 

Of  course  there  will  be  those  who  will  advocate 
Bentall's  drying-paper,  blotting-paper,  and  so  on,  and 
we  would  not  have  it  supposed  that  we  despise  these 
luxuries ;  but  as  we  have  found  the  plan  advocated 
always  to  answer  the  purpose  for  grasses,  we  have 
felt  independent  of  the  more  refined  collecting- 
papers. 

Now  let  us  suppose  that  we  have  gathered  fifty 
specimens,  and  have  returned  home.  The  next 
thing  will  be  to  put  them  as  soon  as  may  be  in  a 
position  for  drying. 

Our  drying  apparatus  then  consists  of  half-a-dozen 


142  GRASSES,   ETC. 

smoothly  planed  deal  boards,  and  for  our  first  collec- 
tion we  take  two  of  these,  and  upon  one  we  lay  some 
few  folds  of  our  old  '  Times,'  then  a  specimen  in  their 
papers  (having  previously  improved  their  arrange- 
ment, when  necessary),  and  then  some  more  folds  of 
paper,  and  proceed  as  before,  until  all  the  specimens 
have  been  placed  ;  then  put  a  board  on  the  top  sheet, 
and  upon  that  a  stone,  or  a  7  or  14  Ib.  weight,  accord- 
ing to  the  size  and  quantity  of  the  specimens.  If 
.another  day's  collection  of  specimens  bo  made  before 
the  foregoing  are  dry,  they  may  be  arranged  in  the 
same  way  on  the  top  board,  and  another  board  used 
.and  the  weight  replaced.  The  object  of  this  is  to 
keep  partially  dried  from  fresh  specimens,  the  putting 
together  of  which  is  a  fertile  source  of  mildew  and 
decay. 

In  arranging  our  specimens  for  the  herbarium,  we 
procure  sheets  of  cartridge  paper  18  inches  long  by 
11  inches  wide,  using  a  folded  sheet  for  each  species. 

In  these  papers  the  specimens  are  fastened  down 
,in  the  following  manner : 

Gum  over  a  portion  of  the  cartridge  paper  (so  as 
to  have  the  same  colour)  with  two  consecutive  coats 
•of  a  clean  solution  of  gum-arabic. 

This  can  be  cut  into  slips  of  any  length  and  breadth, 
making  them  as  narrow  as  possible  for  the  sake  of 
neatness,  and  when  the  specimen  is  placed  in  its 


GRASSES,   ETC.  143 

paper,  a  few  of  these  slips  may  be  made  to  confine 
it  in  the  desired  position.  Each  example  is  then 
to  be  labelled  at  the  bottom  of  the  sheet,  and  each 
label  should  set  forth — a,  Its  botanical  name ;  b,  its 
trivial  or  local  name ;  c,  the  locality  whence  it  was 
obtained;  d,  the  date  when  gathered;  added  to 
which,  if  presented,  the  donor's  name.* 

The  sheets  so  prepared  may  be  arranged  in  groups 
or  genera,  each  being  folded  in  convenient  paper  or 
cloth  wrappers,  and  the  whole  arranged  in  volumes 
of  stiff  covered  portfolio. 

This,  then,  is  all  that  seems  to  us  necessary  in  the 
collection  and  preservation  of  grasses ;  but  we  would 
recommend  the  student,  if  an  artist,  to  make  a  typical 
specimen  of  each  sit  for  its  portrait.  In  this  way  we 
have  made  drawings  of  all  the  species  and  varieties 
that  have  come  in  our  way. 

Our  drawings  are  life-size,  usually  lined  in  with 
Indian  ink  with  a  fine  "  lithographic  pen."  These 
we  partially  colour  on  the  spot. 

The  anatomical  details  are  much  enlarged  and 
always  fully  coloured.  To  this  end  our  impedimenta 
for  a  day  among  the  grasses  consist  of,  besides  the 
collecting  portfolio,  a  sketching  block,  large  octavo 
size,  and  a  small  box  of  soft  colours.  Armed  with 

*  Printed  herbarium  labels  may  be  got  at  Messrs.  Hardwicke 
and  Bogue's,  the  publishers. 


144  GRASSES,    ETC. 

these  we  have  made  many  a  drawing  of  a  grass  under 
the  shade  of  a  tree,  or  in  the  parlour  of  some  con- 
tiguous inn. 

Lastly,  we  would  venture  to  remark,  if,  besides  the 
interest  which  grasses  should  have  for  the  student  of 
botany,  these  plants  be  viewed,  as  they  have  ever 
been  by  us,  as  indicators  of  the  nature  of  soil  and 
the  value  and  capabilities  of  the  land  on  which 
they  grow,  the  collector  should  not  fail  to  make 
notes  connected  with  the  soil,  situation,  and  other 
practical  facts  connected  with  the  habitats  of 
GRASSES. 


MOSSES. 


XI. 

MOSSES. 
BY  DR.  BRAITHWAITE,  F.L.S.,  ETC. 

IN  making  a  collection  of  the  vegetable  productions 
of  a  country  we  find  considerable  differences  in  the 
structure  of  the  various  groups  of  plants,  and  in  the 
tissues  of  which  they  are  composed  ;  and  hence  special 
manipulation  is  requisite  in  dealing  with  certain 
orders.  Some  are  of  so  succulent  a  nature,  or  have 
a  framework  so  easily  disintegrated,  that  they  contain 
within  themselves  the  elements  of  destruction,  and 
present  the  greatest  difficulty  in  satisfactory  pre- 
servation, while  others  are  so  slightly  acted  on  by 
external  agents,  that  little  trouble  is  required  to 
prepare  specimens  of  permanent  beauty. 

The  Ferns  and  Lycopods,  being  generally  appro- 
priated by  the  collector  of  flowering  plants,  will  be 
treated  on  with  the  latter,  and  following  these  come 
the  Mosses,  to  which  we  will  now  direct  attention, 
taking  the  alliance  in  its  broadest  sense,  as  including 
the  three  groups  of  Frondose  Mosses,  Bog  Mosses,  and 
Liver  Mosses,  or  Hepatic^,  all  of  which  are  readily 


146  MOSSES. 

collected  and  preserved,  and  yield  an  endless  fund 
of  instructive  entertainment  to  the  microscopist. 
But  it  may  be  asked,  Where  is  the  game  to  be 
found  ?  Where  are  the  pleasant  hunting-grounds  in 
which  they  most  do  congregate  ?  We  answer,  every- 
where may  some  species  or  other  be  met  with ;  yet, 
though  many  are  cosmopolitan,  the  majority  have 
their  special  habitats,  and  some  their  special  seasons, 
both  being  considerably  influenced  by  the  presence 
of  moisture. 

Collecting. — The  bryologist  has  one  advantage  over 
the  phsenogamous  botanist,  for  it  is  not  impera- 
tive that  mosses  should  be  laid  out  and  pressed 
immediately ;  and  hence  less  care  is  required  in 
collecting  them,  than  is  bestowed  on  flowering 
plants;  the  necessary  apparatus  is  confined  to  a 
pocket-knife,  to  remove  specimens  from  stones  or 
trees,  a  stock  of  stout  waste  paper,  and  a  vasculum, 
or,  better  still,  a  strong  bag,  in  which  to  carry  the 
packets.  When  collecting  the  plants,  it  is  well  to 
remove  any  superfluous  earth  or  stones,  or  to  squeeze 
out  the  water  from  those  found  in  bogs ;  and  then 
each  is  to  be  wrapped  separately  in  paper,  and  the 
locality  marked  outside  ;  or  the  more  minute  species 
may,  for  greater  safety,  be  placed  in  chip  boxes. 
On  reaching  home,  if  we  do  not  prepare  the  speci- 
mens at  once,  we  must  not  leave  the  parcels  packed 


MOSSES.  147 

together  in  their  receptacle,  or  mould  will  soon 
attack  them  and  spoil  the  whole;  but  we  must 
spread  them  out  on  the  floor  until  quite  dry,  and 
then  reserve  them  to  a  convenient  opportunity  to 
lay  out ;  as  in  the  dry  state  they  may  be  kept  for 
years  unchanged. 

It  often  happens  that  our  line  of  study  is  deve- 
loped by  some  fortuitous  circumstance.  A  neglected 
flowerpot  in  the  corner  of  the  garden  attracts  atten- 
tion by  its  verdant  carpet  of  moss,  or,  peeping  over 
the  wall,  we  see  the  crevices  between  the  bricks 
bristling  with  capsules  of  Tortula  muralis,  the  red 
twisted  peristome  freshly  brought  to  view  by  the 
falling  away  of  the  lid,  and,  taking  a  bit  indoors  to 
submit  to  the  microscope,  we  are  so  captivated  there- 
with that  we  then  and  there  determine  to  become  a 
bryologist.  Nor  is  this  all  that  a  journey  round  the 
garden  will  disclose :  the  neglected  paths  yield  other 
species  not  less  worthy  of  examination,  and  old  apple- 
trees  are  not  unfrequently  tenanted  by  mosses. 

Extending  our  walks  to  the  commons,  lanes,  and 
woods,  we  may  find  on  the  ground  and  banks,  in 
bogs  and  on  the  stumps  and  trunks  of  trees,  a 
number  of  species  greatly  extending  our  list ;  while 
others  again  are  only  met  with  on  the  clay  soil  of 
stubble-fields,  as  various  species  of  Pottia  and  Ephe- 
merum :  appearing  in  October,  their  delicate  texture 

L2 


148  MOSSES. 

is  developed  by  the  constant  moisture  of  winter,  and 
with  it  also  they  vanish,  to  appear  no  more  until 
the  succeeding  season.  Travelling  yet  farther  away, 
we  find  that  each  locality  we  visit  yields  some 
novelty :  old  walls  and  rocks  of  sandstone  or  slate, 
limestone  districts,  and,  above  all,  a  mountainous 
country,  are  rich  in  species  we  seek  in  vain  else- 
where. Here  peat  bogs,  and  rocks  dripping  with 
water,  ever  supplied  by  the  atmosphere,  or  the 
tumbling  streams  everywhere  met  with,  are  the 
chosen  homes  of  these  little  plants,  and  thither  must 
the  collector  resort,  if  he  would  reap  his  richest 
harvest.  Winter  and  spring  in  the  lowlands,  and  a 
later  period  in  the  elevated  districts,  will  be  found 
most  productive  of  fruiting  plants. 

Preparation  of  Specimens. — So  rapidly  does  the 
cellular  texture  of  the  mosses  transmit  fluid,  that, 
when  soaked  in  water,  we  see  them  swell  up  and 
expand  their  little  leaves,  and  in  a  short  time  look 
as  fresh  as  when  growing ;  hence  a  basin  of  water, 
a  towel,  and  drying-paper  are  all  we  require  to 
prepare  our  specimens  for  the  herbarium.  If  the 
tufts  are  large,  we  must  separate  them  into  patches 
sufficiently  thin  to  lie  flat,  and  by  repeated  washing, 
get  rid  of  adherent  earth,  mud,  or  gravel.  This  is 
conveniently  accomplished  by  holding  the  tuft  in 
the  palm  of  the  hand,  under  a  tap,  and  allowing  a 
stream  of  water  to  pass  through  it ;  then  by  pressure 


MOSSES.  149 

in  the  folding  towel  we  remove  superfluous  moisture 
and  immediately  transfer  to  paper,  arranging  the 
plants  as  we  wish  them  to  lie  permanently,  and 
placing  with  each  a  ticket  bearing  the  name:  a 
moderate  weight  is  sufficient  to  dry  them,  as  with 
great  pressure  the  capsules  split,  and  thus  the  value 
of  the  specimen  is  decreased.  It  not  unfrequently 
happens  that  two  or  three  species  grow  intermixed : 
these  must  be  carefully  separated  at  the  time  of 
soaking,  and  any  capsules  required  to  show  the 
peristome  must  also  be  removed  before  the  plants 
are  submitted  to  pressure. 

Examination  of  Specimens. — We  have  very  much 
to  learn  about  a  moss  before  we  can  become  masters 
of  all  the  characters  that  pertain  to  it  as  a  specific 
individual.  We  must  observe  its  branching,  the 
mode  of  attachment  of  the  leaves  to  the  stem,  and 
their  direction ;  the  form  and  structure  of  a  separate 
leaf,  the  position  of  the  male  flowers,  and,  lastly,  the 
position  and  structure  of  the  fruit.  For  the  efficient 
determination  of  these  we  require  a  microscope  (the 
simple  dissecting  microscope  is  amply  sufficient),  a 
couple  of  sharp-edged,  triangular  needles  fixed  in 
handles,  and  a  few  glass  slides  and  covers.  Having 
soaked  our  specimen  in  water,  we  lay  it  on  a  slide, 
and  by  cutting  through  the  stem  with  one  of  the 
needles,  close  to  the  attachment  of  a  leaf,  we  can 
readily  remove  the  leaf  entire,  and  two  or  three 


150 


MOSSES. 


may  be  transferred  to  another  slide,  and  placed  in  a 
drop  of  water  under  a  cover :  the  same  thing  may  be 
coughly  accomplished  by  scraping  the  stem  back- 
wards with  one  of  the  needles ;  but  in  this  way  the 
leaves  are  often  torn. 

Fig.  36. 


Tortilla  muralis. 

a.  Leaf  and  its  areolation.     b.  Capsule,     c.  Calyptra.     a.  Lid. 
e.  Male  flower.    /.  Antheridia  and  paraphyses. 

By  examination  of  a  leaf  we  notice  its  form,  the 
condition  of  its  margin,  whether  entire  or  serrated 
or  bordered  ;  the  presence  and  extent  of  the  nerve ; 
and  lastly,  and  most  important  of  all,  the  form  and 
condition  of  its  component  cells;  and  for  this  a 
higher  power  is  required.  With  a  |-inch  object- 
glass  and  C  eyepiece  we  can  observe  their  form,  and 
whether  their  walls  are  thickened  so  as  to  render 


MOSSES.  151 

them  dot-like ;  their  contents,  whether  chloro- 
phyllose  or  hyaline ;  and  their  surface,  whether 
smooth  or  covered  with  papillae  ;  for  often  these 
points  are  so  characteristic,  that  by  them  alone  we 
can  at  once  refer  a  barren  specimen  to  its  proper 
family  or  genus. 

Preservation  of  Specimens. — This  may  be  dis- 
cussed under  two  heads  :  1st,  as  microscopic  objects ; 
2nd,  for  the  herbarium. 

1.  The  parts  required  for  microscopic  examina- 
tion are  the  capsules  and  peristome,  entire  speci- 
mens of  the  smaller  species,  and  detached  leaves. 
The  capsules  having  to  be  viewed  by  condensed 
light, must  be  mounted  dry  as  opaque  objects;  and 
for  this  purpose  I  use  Piper's  wooden  slides,  with 
revolving  bone  cover ;  and  in  one  of  these  we  may 
fix  a  capsule  with  the  lid  still  attached,  another 
laid  on  its  side,  but  showing  the  peristome,  and  a 
third  with  the  mouth  of  the  capsule  looking  upward, 
a  position  very  useful  for  the  species  of  Orthotri- 
clium,  as  we  are  thus  enabled  to  see  the  inner 
peristome ;  and  with  them  also  may  be  placed  the 
calyptra:  should  the  cost  of  these  be  an  object,  a 
cheaper  substitute  may  be  found  in  shallow  pill-boxes, 
blackened  on  the  inside. 

To  preserve  the  leaves  in  an  expanded  state  we 
may  employ  the  fluid  media  used  for  vegetable 


152 


MOSSES. 


tissues,  or,  when  time  is  of  consequence,  Rimming- 
ton's  glycerine  jelly  is  a  convenient  material  in 
which  to  mount  them,  a  ring  of  dammar  cement 
being  first  placed  on  the  slide,  and  within  this  the 
liquefied  jelly,  to  which  the  expanded  specimen  is 
quickly  transferred,  and  the  cover  securely  sealed 
by  gold  size.  Preparations  of  this  kind  are  of  the 
highest  value  as  types  for  comparison  with  actual 
specimens  we  may  have  for  determination. 

Fig.  37, 


Ceralodon  purpurens. 

a,  Male  plant.     1.  Leaf  and  its  areolation.     2.  Capsule.     3.  Calyptra 
4.  Two  teeth  of  the  peristome. 

2.  In  mounting  specimens  for  the  herbarium  we 
must  be  guided  by  the  limits  which  we  have  fixed 
on  for  the  extent  of  the  same;  and  I  may  first 
describe  the  method  adopted  for  my  own  collection. 


MOSSES. 

Every  species  has  a  separate  leaf  of  cartridge-paper 
measuring  14J  x  10J  inches,  and  on  this  the  speci- 
mens are  fixed,  each  mounted  by  a  little  gum  on  a 
piece  of  toned  paper ;  thus  4  or  6  to  12  specimens, 
according  to  size,  are  attached  to  each  leaf, — varieties 
have  one  or  more  additional  leaves^  and  to  each  is 
also  fixed  a  triangular  envelope,  inclosing  loose 
capsules  and  leaves  for  ready  transfer  to  the  micro- 
scope, and  also  a  label  indicating  the  name,  habitat, 
and  date  of  collection.  A  pink  cover  for  each  genus 
includes  the  species,  and  a  stout  millboard  cover 
embraces  the  genera  of  each  family,  with  the  name 
of  which  it  is  labelled  outside,  the  whole  shutting  up 
in  a  cabinet. 

Another  form  is  that  seen  in  Kabenhorst's  Bry- 
otheca  Europsea,  quarto  volumes  of  50  specimens, 
one  occupying  each  leaf,  and  so  arranged  that  the 
specimens  do  not  come  opposite  to  each  other. 
Others  again  use  loose  sheets  of  note-paper,  within 
each  of  which  a  single  specimen  is  mounted;  but 
this,  from  their  size,  is  very  cumbersome.  Or  we 
may  take  a  single  well-chosen  typical  specimen  and 
arrange  many  species  on  a  page,  as  is  seen  in  the 
beautiful  volume  of  Gardiner's  'British  Mosses'  or 
Mclvor's  'Hepaticse  Britannicae.'  Whatever  plan 
we  adopt,  our  specimens,  once  well  dried  and  kept  in 
<a  dry  place,  are  unchangeable,  and  are  always  looked 


154  MOSSES. 

upon  with  pleasure,  each  recalling  some  pleasing" 
associations,  or  perchance  reminding  us  of  some  long- 
lost  friend,  in  companionship  with  whom  they  were 
collected  or  studied.  A  stock  of  duplicates  must 
also  be  reserved,  from  which  to  supply  our  friends, 
or  exchange  with  other  collectors  for  desiderata  in 
our  own  series :  these  may  be  kept  in  square  cases 
of  various  sizes,  cut  so  as  to  allow  the  edges  of  the 
top  and  sides  to  wrap  over  the  other  half  folded 
down  on  the  specimens. 

The  Hepaticae  of  the  family  Jungermanniacese  are- 
treated  precisely  as  mosses,  the  capsules,  however, 
show  but  little  diversity,  and  will  not  require  sepa- 
rate preservation ;  but  the  elaters,  or  spiral  threads- 
accompanying  the  seeds,  are  elegant  microscopic 
objects.  The  Marchantiacese  must  be  pressed  when 
fresh,  as  they  do  not  revive  with  the  same  facility  as 
other  species,  owing  to  their  succulent  nature  an(/ 
numerous  layers  of  cells. 

Classification. — On  this  I  have  fully  treated  else- 
where ("  The  Moss  World,"  *  Popular  Science  Be  view,' 
Oct.,  1871),  and  it  may  suffice  here  simply  to  indicate 
the  families  of  British  mosses  and  their  mode  of 
arrangement.  The  cell-texture  of  the  leaf  takes  an 
important  place  in  the  characters,  and  in  accordance 
with  this  principle  the  Cleistocarpous  or  Phascoid 
group  is  broken  up  and  distributed  in  various  families. 


MOSSES. 


155 


We  have  two  orders;  one  indeed,  comprising  only 
the  genus  Andresea,  is  distinguished  by  the  capsule 
splitting  into  four  valves  united  at  apex ;  the  other,, 
including  the  bulk  of  the  species,  has  in  most  cases 
a  lid,  which  separates  transversely,  and  usually 
discloses  a  peristome  of  tooth-like  processes.  The 
structure  of  these  teeth  again  enables  us  to  form 
three  divisions.  In  the  first  they  consist  of  a  mass 
of  confluent  cells;  in  the  second,  of  tongue-shaped 
processes,  composed  of  agglutinated  filaments ;  and 
in  the  third,  of  a  double  layer  of  cells,  transversely 
articulated  to  each  other,  the  outer  layer  composed 
of  two  rows  of  firm  coloured  cells,  the  inner  of  a 
single  series  of  vesicular  hyaline  cells,  on  which  the 
hygroscopic  quality  of  the  tooth  depends. 

Sub-Class  SPHAGNIN.E. 

Bog  Mosses. 
Fam.  1. — Sphagnacese. 

Sub-Class  BRYINJE. 

Frondose  Mosses. 
Order  1. — SCHISTOCARPI. 

Fam.  1. — Andreseacese. 
Order  2. — STEGOCARPI. 

Div.  1. — Elasmodontes. 

Farn.  2.  Georgiacese, 
Div.  2. — Ncmatodontes. 

Farn.  3. — BuxbaumiaceaB. 

Fam.  4. — Polytrichaceae. 


156 


MOSSES. 


Div.  3. — Arthrodontes. 

Subdiv.  1.— Acrocarpici. 
*Distichophylla. 
Fam.  5.  Schistostegacese. 
**Polystichophylla. 

Fam.  7.  DicranacesB. 

„     8.  Leucobryacese. 

„     9.  Trichostomacese. 

,,  10.  Grimmiacese. 

,,  11.  Orthotrichacese. 


|    Fam.  6.  Fissidentacese. 

Fam.  12.  SplachnacesB. 
„     13.  FunariaceaB. 
„     14.  Bryacese. 
„     15.  Mniacese. 
„     16.  BartramiacesB. 


Subdiv.  2. — Pleurocarpici. 


Fam.  17.  Hookeriaceae. 
„     18.  Fontinalacese. 
19.  Neckeracese. 


Fam.  20.  Leskeacese. 
„     21.  Hypnaceae. 


Sub-Class  HEPATICIN^E. 

Liver  Mosses. 
Fam.  1.  Jungermanniacese.  I    Fam.  3.  Anthocerotacese. 


2.  Marchantiacese. 


4.  Eicciacese. 


Among  species  which  may  be  generally  met  with 
by  beginners  on  the  look-out  for  mosses,  we  may 
enumerate  the  following : 

On  Walls. — Tortula  muralis  and  revoluta,  Bryum 
capillare  and  csespiticium,  Grrimmia  pulvinata,  Weisia 
cirrhata. 

In  Clay  Fields.—  Phascum  acaulon,  Pottia  trun- 
catula  and  Starkeana. 

On  Waste  Ground  and  Heaths. — Ceratodon  pur- 
pureus,  Funaria  hygrometrica,  Campylopus  turfaceus, 
Bryum  argenteum,  nutans,  and  pallens,  Pleuridium 
subulatum,  Dicranella  heteromalla  and  varia,  Physco- 
mitrium  pyriforme,  Pogonatum  aloides,  Polytrichunj 


MOSSES.  157 

commune,  piliferum,  and  juniperimim,  Tortula  ungui- 
culata  and  fallax,  Bartramia  pomiformis,  Junger- 
maimia  bicuspidata,  Lepidozia  reptans,  Ptilidium 
ciliare,  Frullania  tamarisci. 

Shady  Banks  and  Woods. — Catharinea  undulata, 
Weisia  viridula,  Tortula  subulata,  Mnium  hornum, 
Dicranum  scoparium,  Hypnum  rutabulum,  veluti- 
num,  cupressiforme,  praBlongum,  purum,  and  mol- 
luscum,  Plagiothecium  denticulatum,  Pleurozium 
splendens  and  Schreberi,  Hylocomium  squarrosum 
and  triquetrum,  Thuyidium  tamariscinum,  Fissidens 
bryoides,  Plagiochila  asplenioides,  Jungermannia 
albicans,  Lophocolea  bidentata. 

In  Bogs. — Sphagnum  cymbifolium  and  acutifo- 
lium,  Grymnocybe  palustris,  Hypnum  cuspidatum, 
stellatum,  aduncum,  and  fluitans,  Jungermannia 
inflata. 

Bocks  and  ~by  Streams. — Grimmia  apocarpa,  Tri- 
dontium  pellucidum,  Hypnum  serpens,  filicinum, 
commutatum,  and  palustre,  Scapania  nemorosa, 
Metzgeria  furcata,  Marchantia  polymorpha,  Pellia 
epiphylla,  Fegatella  conica. 

On  Trees. — Ulota  crispa,  Orthotrichum  affine  and 
diaphanum,  Cryphsea  heteromalla,  Homalia  tricho- 
manoides,  Hypnum  sericeum,  Isothecium  myurum, 
Frullania  dilatata,  Badula  complanata,  Madotheca 
platyphylla. 


158  MOSSES. 

Small  as  this  list  is,  it  wilt  be  found  to  yield 
ample  store  for  investigation,  and  if  true  love  for  the 
study  be  thereby  excited,  the  circle  of  forms  will  be 
found  to  widen  with  every  new  locality  visited.  If 
we  have  contributed  in  any  way  to  facilitate  the 
pursuit,  then  is  our  object  fulfilled,  and  we  may  con- 
clude with  the  words  of  Horace : 

Vive,  vale  !  si  quid  novisti  rectius  istis, 
Candidus  imperti,  si  non,  his  utere  mecum. 


FUNGI.  159 


XII. 

FUNGI. 

BY   WORTHINGTON   G.    SMITH,   F.L.S. 

WITH  the  fogs  and  rains  of  autumn  the  fungologist's 
harvest  begins.  A  few  fungi  (large  and  small)  ap- 
pertain to  the  spring,  and  some  species  may  be 
found  in  every  month  of  the  year ;  but  it  is  not  till 
September  has  well  set  in,  or  October  is  reached, 
that  the  glut  of  fungi  is  really  upon  us.  Fungi 
may  generally  be  met  with  in  abundance  for  three 
months  of  the  year ;  viz.  from  the  latter  half  of 
September  till  the  middle  of  December,  the  month 
of  October  taking  pre-eminence  for  producing  the 
greatest  abundance  of  species.  A  season  of  moderate 
heat  and  rain  is  the  most  productive,  for  an  exces- 
sive amount  of  either  dryness  or  moisture  appears  to 
destroy  the  fecundity  of  the  mycelium,  which  it 
must  always  be  remembered  is  alive  and  at  work 
(underground)  the  whole  of  the  year;  for,  as  a 
matter  of  course,  this  year's  fungi  is  produced  from 
last  year's  spores.  These  spores  are  set  free  in 
autumn,  and  at  once  vegetate  and  form  masses  of 
mycelium,  from  which  next  year's  crop  must  spring ; 


160  FUNGI. 

just  as  the  seeds  of  our  wild  annuals  are  self-sown 
at  the  fall  of  each  year  and  first  germinate  at  that 
season.  It  is  a  great  mistake  to  suppose  that  Aga- 
rics and  Boleti  wait  till  the  leaves  fall,  so  that  they 
may  prey  upon  them;  for,  as  a  rule,  the  larger  fungi 
never  live  upon  the  leaves  of  the  same  year  as  that 
in  which  they  (the  fungi)  come  up ;  fungi  live 
upon  the  fallen  leaves  of  the  previous  autumn.  The 
spring  and  summer  months  will  sometimes  prove 
very  productive,  especially  after  stormy  weather; 
but  the  collector  must  always  bear  in  mind  that 
fungi,  like  all  other  things,  have  their  seasons.  I 
have  known  the  fungus  harvest  quite  over  by  the 
end  of  August,  and  I  have  also  known  it  not  come 
in  before  December:  it  depends  entirely  upon  a 
certain  amount  of  atmospheric  heat  and  moisture. 
A  damp  summer  and  stormy  August  will  produce 
the  crop  at  the  beginning  of  September ;  but  a  dry 
autumn,  without  much  rain  till  November,  will  delay 
the  fungus  crop  till  Christmas.  Some  species  appear 
regularly  twice  a  year  from  the  same  mycelium;  once 
after  the  rains  of  March  and  April,  and  again  in 
October.  This  is  the  case  with  Coprinus  atramenta- 
rius,  which  I  have  growing  (originally  from  spores) 
in  a  bed  of  my  own  garden. 

It  is  useless  to  go  out  specially  to  collect  fungi, 
either  during  the  dry  hot  weather  of  summer  or  the 


FUNGI.  161 

frosts  of  winter;  it  sometimes,  however,  happens 
that  odd  fungi  may  be  found  here  and  there,  in  out- 
of-the-way  places,  such  as  the  sides  of  open  cellars 
and  sawpits,  under  bridges,  on  prostrate  logs  in 
streams,  in  damp  outhouses,  or  about  old  water- 
butts,  &c. ;  therefore  I  never  go  out  without  two  or 
three  old  seidlitz-powder  boxes,  some  thin  paper, 
and  a  strong  knife,  in  case  any  waifs  and  strays 
should  fall  in  my  way.  I  have  sometimes  found 
good  species  in  a  friend's  dustbin  or  cistern,  or  upon 
the  sides  of  the  open  cellar  of  a  public-house.  I  once 
found  an  agaricus  on  the  cornice  of  London  Bridge, 
to  secure  which  I  had  to  get  over  the  parapet,  and  was 
nearly  being  taken  into  custody  as  one  tired  of  life ; 
another  time  I  found  a  colony  of  Coprinus  domesticus 
upon  a  friend's  scullery  wall,  and  a  Peziza  upon 
my  brother's  ceiling.  Moral :  Fungologists'  pockets 
should,  at  all  times,  contain  one  or  two  small  boxes 
for  securing  stray  and  erratic  members  of  the  fungus 
family. 

The  equipment  for  a  fungus  foray  differs  with  the 
nature  of  the  fungi  to  be  collected.  If  the  plants 
sought  for  are  wholly  microscopic,  a  small  vasculum, 
knife,  pocket-lens,  and  package  of  thin  paper  will 
be  found  sufficient ;  but  if  Agarics,  Boleti,  the  larger 
Polyporei,  &c.,  are  to  be  brought  home,  a  more  com- 
plete set  of  things  will  be  required,  which  should 

M 


162  FUNGI. 

include  a  very  small  garden-trowel  or  carpenter's 
gouge  (any  saddler  or  bootmaker  will  make  a  suit- 
able leather  case  for  the  blades  for  a  shilling  or  two), 
a  strong  knife — such  as  gardeners  use  for  pruning 
trees,  a  few  sheets  of  thin  paper,  a  lens,  pocket-com- 
pass, and  some  string.  If  truffles  are  desired,  a  rake 
is  necessary,  and  the  best  plan  is  to  carry  the  iron- 
toothed  end  separately  in  a  leather  case,  and  made 
to  screw  on  to  the  end  of  a  walking-stick ;  when  not 
in  use,  this  end  can  be  carried  in  the  pocket  with 
the  trowel,  &c.  It  is  requisite  that  the  vasculum  be 
large,  with  straps  to  carry  it  over  the  shoulders ; 
and  the  collector  should  be  provided  with  a  set  of 
cardboard  boxes,  large  and  small,  to  go  inside  the 
vasculum,  and  to  contain  the  more  delicate  or  choice 
spoils  of  the  day.  Leather  gloves  and  a  thin  great- 
coat are  good  things  for  the  chilly  days  of  early 
winter — this  coat  should  be  provided  with  at  least 
four  large  pockets ;  and,  if  the  weather  is  inclement, 
strong  boots  and  waterproof  leggings  will  be  found 
serviceable.  An  old  felt  hat  and  large  cotton  um- 
brella are  also  desirable,  for  it  is  only  a  piece  of  folly 
to  go  into  the  wet  dripping  woods  with  good  clothes. 
As  for  the  umbrella,  it  should  be  one  of  the  Mrs. 
Gamp  pattern,  of  good  size,  and  with  a  (removable) 
ring  at  the  end  farthest  from  the  handle,  so  that  it 
may  be  suspended  from  branches  of  trees,  &c.,  whilst 


FUNGI.  163 

the  fungi  are  sorted  or  examined  below,  or  a  frugal 
luncheon  is  discussed  (perhaps  during  a  passing 
storm  of  rain).  The  string  will  be  found  useful  for 
tying  up  the  larger  Polyporei ;  these  are  frequently 
of  great  size,  and  often  weigh  many  pounds.  In 
collecting,  all  Agarics  should  be  kept  separate  as 
much  as  possible ;  for  this  purpose  thin  paper,  such 
as  is  used  by  stationers  and  milliners,  is  indis- 
pensable; every  specimen  should  be  wrapped  very 
lightly  in  a  piece  of  thin  paper  before  boxing,  as 
the  elasticity  of  the  paper  not  only  prevents  breaking 
and  bruising,  but  it  also  prevents  the  spores  of  one 
species  being  scattered  over  another.  In  carrying 
fungi  about,  or  sending  fresh  specimens  from  one 
place  to  another,  nothing  is  so  good  as  this  thin 
paper  interspersed  here  and  there  with  fronds  of  the 
common  bracken.  Sawdust,  hay,  or  wool,  should 
never,  on  any  account,  be  used :  such  things  totally 
destroy  the  plants;  but  with,  careful  packing  with 
paper  and  bracken-fronds,  fungi  may  be  transported 
for  any  distance,  by  rail  or  otherwise,  perfectly 
intact  and  undamaged.  In  packing  the  vasculum, 
see  that  she  heavier  plants  are  at  the  bottom  and 
the  lighter  ones  at  the  top ;  for  if  packed  otherwise 
any  fragile  species  will  be  certainly  destroyed.  I  have 
known  a  good  collection  of  Agarics  rendered  worth- 
less by  a  loose  puff-ball  being  placed  with  them, 

M  2 


164  FUNGI. 

which  has  rolled  about  with  every  movement  of  the 
collector's  body,  and  damaged  big  and  little  species 
alike,  when  a  piece  of  paper  or  a  fern-frond  or  two, 
to  prevent  rolling,  would  have  kept  all  quite  safe. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  specify  localities,  because 
fungi  abound  everywhere.  If  leaf  fungi  are  sought 
for,  hedge-sides  will  produce  an  abundant  crop ;  if 
the  Agaricini  and  Polyporei,  forests  and  woods  must 
be  ransacked ;  if  the  edible  species  are  wanted,  rich 
open  pastures  (with  few  exceptions)  must  be  tra- 
versed :  the  various  species  of  truffles  must  be  looked 
for  principally  in  leafy  glades — many  prefer  a  cal- 
careous, subsoil,  but  at  times  they  may  be  met  with 
even  in  hedge-sides,  town  parks,  or  elsewhere. 

When  the  collection  of  the  day  is  complete,  no 
species  must  be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  collecting- 
cases  all  night ;  for  if  the  boxes  are  not  carefully 
opened  and  the  contents  laid  out,  it  will  probably 
be  found  in  the  morning  that  some  will  have  dis- 
solved into  an  inky  fluid,  others  will  have  got  into 
the  treacle  state,  whilst  a  third  lot  will  be  overrun 
with  mould,  or  the  smaller  ones  perhaps  entirely 
eaten  up  by  slugs  or  larvaB.  Few  things  decompose 
so  rapidly  as  fungi,  especially  the  full-grown  Boleti ; 
these,  though  apparently  perfectly  sound  one  day,, 
will  sometimes  be  a  horrible  mass  of  fostid  treacle 
the  next.  I  have  sometimes  received  large  parcels 


FUNGI.  It)  5 


by  rail  or  post  when  this  horrible  stinking*  matter 
has  been  dripping  out,  perhaps  all  over  the  carter's 
hands  or  down  the  postman's  trousers;  for  ladies 
always  will  send  Boleti  in  bonnet-boxes,  tied  with 
thin  twine.  Should  any  extra  charge  be  demanded, 
on  the  ground  of  the  insufficiently  prepaid  postage, 
or  the  parcels  be  unpaid,  I  invariably  refuse  to  take 
them  in,  to  the  disgust  of  the  parties  bringing  them. 
I  shall  not  soon  forget  an  ill-tempered  postman  who 
brought  me  two  of  these  dripping  treasures  at  the 
same  time  last  autumn,  with  a  demand  for  extra 
postage,  and  his  look  of  silent  disrelish  as  he  walked 
off  with  one  twine-suspended  bonnet-box  in  each 
hand,  the  fragrant  Boleti-treacle  meanwhile  mani- 
festing itself  upon  the  pavement.  Even  when  quite 
fresh,  the  odour  of  some  species  is  disgusting  in  the 
extreme ;  for  instance,  a  single  specimen  of  Phallus 
impudicus  in  the  collecting-box  will  affect  a  whole 
railway  carriage  with  the  most  horrible  and  sicken- 
ing stench ;  whilst  the  curious  truffle  Melanogaster 
ambiguus  is  perhaps  worse  still,  for  its  abominable 
odour  is  perfectly  insufferable. 

To  dry  and  preserve  a  collection  of  fresh  fungi  is 
at  times  a  very  difficult  task;  for  instance,  some 
species  are  so  entirely  covered  with  a  tenacious 
gluten  that  if  they  were  at  once  put  between  drying- 
papers,  it  is  certain  they  would  never  come  out  again 


166 

with  the  least  chance  of  being  recognized  by  even 
the  most  acute  fungologist ;  others  are  so  deli- 
quescent that  in  an  hour  or  two  they  would  dissolve 
into  a  watery  mass,  soak  through  all  the  paper,  and 
leave  a  mere  dirty  stain  between  the  sheets  where 
the  plant  was  originally  placed.  As  a  contrast,  some 
of  the  Polyporei  (as  the  young  state  of  Potyporus- 
igniarius)  are  so  hard  that  nothing  but  a  steam- 
hammer  would  have  any  chance  of  flattening  them. 
There  is  considerable  difficulty  in  ridding  the  plants 
from  the  larvse  with  which  they  are  often  infested. 
A  few  drops  of  the  oil  of  turpentine  will,  however^ 
generally  drive  them  from  Agarics  and  other  fleshy 
fungi ;  and,  in  regard  to  the  woody  Polyporei,  a  good 
plan  is  to  place  the  plants  in  an  oven,  or  on  a  hob 
for  a  short  time,  where  the  heat  is  not  too  powerful 
to  destroy  the  plants,  but  still  sufficiently  potent 
to  drive  the  larvae  from  their  holes.  If  this  is  not 
done,  the  collector's  experience  will  probably  be  the 
same  as  mine  has  more  than  once  been;  viz.  on 
opening  a  package  (which  should  contain  some 
choice  dried  fungus),  to  find  only  a  stain,  a  few 
skins  of  dead  maggots,  and  a  little  dirt — in  fact, 
some  of  the  species  in  my  herbarium,  though  mostly 
poisoned  with  corrosive  sublimate,  get  entirely  de- 
voured by  rapacious  and  poison-proof  larvae,  mitess 
and  minute  beetles. 


FUNGI.  167 

In  addition,  however,  to  the  mere  drying,  certain 
notes  and  particulars  are  required,  without  which 
the  best  dried  specimens  are  worthless ;  and,  again, 
for  the  larger  fungi  to  be  of  real  service,  the  spores 
of  each  species  must  be  separately  preserved.  As 
regards  the  drying  of  the  fleshy  fungi  themselves, 
the  process  to  observe  is  as  follows : — Lay  all  ordi- 
nary Agarics  out  separately  in  a  dry  place,  or  in  a 
current  of  dry  air  from  six  to  twelve,  or  even  twenty- 
four  hours,  according  to  the  species,  so  that  they 
may  part  with  their  superfluous  moisture,  and  thus 
facilitate  drying.  In  the  case  of  species  with  gluti- 
nous pilei,  it  will  be  found  that  the  gluten  will  more 
or  less  set,  if  carefully  attended  to,  in  a  dry  warm 
place.  If  the  larger  fleshy  fungi  are  inadvertently 
placed  under  a  propagating-glass,  or  left  on  a  lawn 
or  grassy  place,  or  kept  in  damp  air  from  over-night 
till  next  morning,  the  chances  are  that  they  will 
never  properly  dry  at  all.  When  the  superfluous 
moisture  has  evaporated  they  may  be  put  gently 
between  drying-papers,  but  the  weight  put  upon 
them  must  at  first  be  of  the  slightest  kind ;  ordi- 
nary books,  more  or  less  light,  will  be  found  quite 
sufficient;  and  few,  or  perhaps  no  other  plants,  re- 
quire such  frequent  changing  as  Agarics.  An  hour, 
or  often  less,  suffices  for  the  first  pressure,  when  care 
must  be  taken  to  supply  them  with  fresh  and  per- 


168 


FUNGI. 


fectly  dry  paper,  or  they  will  immediately  mould. 
It  is  a  good  plan,  when  the  plants  are  half  dry,  to 
take  them  out  of  the  papers  and  put  them  in  dry  air, 
or  in  a  sunny  place  for  a  short  time  (the  length  of 
time  being  determined  by  experience  and  the  nature 
of  the  species),  to  part  with  more  of  their  moisture : 
so,  with  constant  attention  and  frequent  changing  of 
the  papers,  very  presentable  specimens  may  at  last 
be  obtained.  These  dried  fungi  will  now  be  found 
very  useful  for  showing  the  more  superficial  cha- 
racters of  the  plants ;  but  without  sections,  spores, 
and  proper  notes,  they  will  be  next  to  useless.  In 
Agarics  it  is  of  the  first  importance  to  show  the 
nature  of  the  attachment  of  the  gills  to  the  stem: 
and  should  the  stems  be  furnished  with  a  volva  or 
annulus,  this  must  be  preserved  with  the  greatest 
care — young  specimens,  too,  in  different  stages  of 
growth,  are  often  of  great  value.  If  possible,  it  is 
well  to  have  a  series  of  dried  specimens  of  each 
species ;  one,  as  in  Fig.  38,  A,  to  display  the  nature 
of  the  tubes  in  Boletus  and  the  gills  in  the  Agaricini, 
whether  they  are  thick  or  thin,  crowded  together  or 
distant  from  each  other,  plain  or  serrated,  free  or 
annexed;  another,  as  at  B,  to  show  the  pileus, 
whether  smooth  or  floccose,  plain,  warted,  or  zoned, 
and  the  nature  of  the  margin,  whether  striate,  bullate, 
or  plain ;  a  third,  as  at  C,  to  show  the  attachment  of 


FUNGI. 


169 


pileus  to  stem  in  infancy;  and,  fourthly,  a  section 
or  thin  slice  removed  from  the  exact  middle  of  the 
young  plant  from  top  to  bottom,  as  at  D :  this  will 
show  the  nature  of  the  veil  (if  present),  and  whether 

Fig.  38. 


Specimens  showing  the  gills,  rings,  and  stages  of  growtn. 

universal  or  not ;  and  if  absent,  whether  the  margin 
is  at  first  straight,  incurved,  or  involute.  A  similar 
section  through  the  mature  plant  is  also  required,  E 


170 


FUNGI. 


and  F  (Fig.  39) :  this  will  give  the  attachment  of 
gills  to  stems  (a  character  of  great  importance),  and 
the  nature  of  the  stem  itself,  whether  solid,  stuffed, 
or  hollow.  Great  care  and  experience  are  required  to 
cut  a  thin  and  perfect  slice  from  the  middle  of  a 
tender  Agaric  or  Boletus ;  for  there  is  often  a  sort 
of  articulation  at  the  point  G,  which  causes  the  slice 
to  fall  in  two.  As  for  preserving  fungi  in  fluids,  I 

Fig.  39. 


Section  cut  through  Agnricus. 

think  it  in  all  ways  undesirable.  It  may  more  or 
less  answer  for  single  or  unique  specimens,  or  for 
large  museums,  where  space  is  of  no  consequence ; 
but  for  all  purposes  of  constant  reference  and  private 
study,  any  process  of  this  sort  is  worthless.  Few 
persons,  I  imagine,  would  care  to  have  hundreds  (or 
I  might  say  thousands)  of  tolerably  large  glass  bottles 


FUNGI.  171 

of  fluids  in  their  houses.  It  is  essential  that  the 
spores  should  be  secured,  as  their  colour  and  size  are 
very  important.  They  may  be  preserved  in  various- 
ways  :  if  coloured,  they  are  best  kept  on  white  paper, 
and  if  white,  on  black  glazed  paper,  such  as  is  supplied 
to  photographers ;  or  they  may  be  at  once  deposited 
and  kept  on  glass  slides  and  covered,  or  between  thin 
sheets  of  mica,  such  as  photographers  use.  I  prefer 
the  spores  free  on  paper,  as  they  can  easily  be  trans- 
ferred to  glass  for  examination  by  breathing  on  a 
corner  of  a  glass  slide  and  just  touching  it  on  to  the  dry 
spores;  thousands  will  attach  themselves  to  the  glass, 
and,  moreover,  the  supply  from  one  fungus  appears 
to  be  perfectly  inexhaustible.  To  secure  a  good  batch 

Fig.  40. 


of  spores,  it  is  not  sufficient  to  let  the  Agaric  merely 
rest  in  the  position  shown  at  H  (Fig.  40),  for  the 
spores  will  not  properly  fall  when  this  plan  is 
adopted;  a  far  better  one  is  to  cut  a  small  hole, 
about  the  size  of  the  diameter  of  the  stem  of  the 
fungus,  in  the  centre  of  the  paper  on  which  the  spores 
are  to  be  deposited :  slip  the  stem  through  the  hole,, 


172 


FUNGI. 


Fig.  41. 


carefully  draw  up  the  paper  collar,  and  support  the 
fungus  in  a  small  pot,  glass,  or  dry  phial  (placed 
under  a  propagating-glass  to  keep  the  plant  fresh)  as 
shown  in  Fig.  41.  If  it  is  wished  to  fix  the  spores, 
let  the  paper  be  first  washed  with 
a  thin  solution  of  gum-arabic,  which 
must  be  allowed  to  get  perfectly 
dry ;  the  spores  may  now  fall  upon 
the  dry  gummed  paper ;  and  after 
the  deposition  the  gummed  surface 
must  be  breathed  upon  to  moisten 
the  gum,  and  when  it  has  dried  for 
the  second  time  the  spores  will  be 
fixed,  and  not  readily  rubbed  off. 

It  is  necessary  to  prepare  the 
woody  specimens  in  a  different  man- 
ner. They  must  first  be  perfectly 
dried  before  the  fire,  or  in  the  sun, 
and  then  a  thin  slice  must  be  sawn 
(or  cut  with  a  powerful  knife)  out 
of  the  middle.  This  slice  may  be  poisoned,  as  de- 
scribed hereafter,  and  mounted  on  the  herbarium 
sheets  at  once.  If  the  Polyporus  is  very  thin,  it 
may  be  mounted  in  company  with  the  slice,  but  more 
than  one  specimen  is  desirable,  as  it  is  indispensable 
to  have  both  surfaces  handy  for  examination.  If 
the  specimens  are  very  large,  they  are  best  kept  in. 


Agaric  placed  to 
catch  spores. 


FUNGI. 


173 


wooden  boxes,  and  labelled  according  to  the  genera 
and  sub-genera  they  contain ;  or  they  may  be  kept 
in  drawers,  the  drawers  being  divided  by  partitions 
if  large,  and  labelled  outside.  If  boxes  are  used,. 

Fig.  42. 


Cabinet  for  Fungi. 

they  should  ail  be  the  same  depth ;  the  height  and 
width  may  be  doubled  or  halved  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  plants :  the  plan  will  be  better  under- 
stood by  reference  to  the  diagram,  Fig.  42.  If  this 


174  FUNGI. 

plan  is  adopted,  there  will  be  no  waste  space,  and 
the  boxes  will  stand  evenly  upon  a  sideboard  or 
against  a  wall. 

Before  the  specimens  are  transferred  to  the  her- 
barium they  may  or  not  be  poisoned,  according  to 
the  wish  or  convenience  of  the  collector.  Some  of 
my  plants  which  have  never  been  poisoned  remain 
perfectly  uninjured,  whilst  others,  which  have  been 
treated  with  a  strong  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate, 
have  been  devoured  by  larvae,  &c.,  introduced,  I 
presume,  since  the  plants  were  put  away.  A  solu- 
tion of  corrosive  sublimate  in  pyroligneous  naphtha, 
carefully  washed  over  the  specimens,  has  been  re- 
commended ;  but  the  ordinary  poison  is  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, mixed  with  finely-powdered  sublimate,  well 
shaken  before  applied.  If  the  specimens  are  to  be 
glued  down,  they  should  be  mounted  as  shown  in 
Figs.  38  and  39,  so  as  to  display  all  their  characters, 
and  fixed  with  poisoned  gum  tragacanth  ;  but 
some  botanists,  and  myself  amongst  the  number, 
prefer  to  have  the  specimens  free.  For  this  purpose 
I  have  envelopes  gummed  to  the  herbarium  sheets, 
and  the  specimens  (including  a  small  paper  con- 
taining the  spores)  are  free  within  the  envelopes. 
Some  mites  are  very  fond  of  the  spores  of  certain 
fungi,  whilst  they  will  not  touch  the  spores  of 
others :  therefore,  if  the  specimens  are  to  be  kept 


FUNGI.  175 

perfectly  intact,  gummed  paper  must  be  '  used,  or 
they  may  be  kept  between  little  slips  of  mica. 
As  to  the  labelling  of  the  herbarium  sheets,  I  shall 
not  touch  upon  that,  as  the  plan  universally 
followed  is  similar  to  the  one  used  for  flowering 
plants,  and  described  in  this  volume.  Some  sub- 
genera  of  Agaricus,  however  (as  Tricholoma),  are  so 
numerous  in  species  that  it  will  be  found  requisite 
to  have  several  wrappers  for  one  sub-genus. 

Now  as  to  the  necessary  notes  to  be  made  on  the 
sheets  :  the  points  in  discriminating  fungi  differ  con- 
siderably from  those  used  in  naming  flowering  plants. 
It  is  presumed  the  spores  have  been  preserved  by 
the  collector.  Now,  if  he  has  time,  the  next  best 
thing  is  to  measure  and  note  them  at  once,  in  de- 
cimals of  an  inch  and  millimetre :  a  second  and 
essential  thing  is  a  note  as  to  the  taste  of  the 
fungus,  whether  it  is  mild,  acrid,  bitter,  &c.  This 
point  will  be  found  very  useful,  as  some  species  are 
tasteless,  insipid,  or  extremely  acrid,  bitter,  or  poi- 
sonous :  it  is  only  necessary  to  taste  a  small  piece ; 
but  as  so  little  is  really  known  of  the  qualities  of 
fungi,  unless  this  is  done  no  advance  will  be  made. 
I  invariably  taste  every  fungus  new  to  me,  and  have 
notes  to  this  effect  of  all  the  species  which  have 
passed  through  my  hands :  in  some  species  the  effect 
is  very  peculiar,  sometimes  (as  in  Agaricus  melleus) 


176  FUNGI. 

it  causes  a  cold  sensation  at  the  back  of  the  ears, 
and  swelling  of  the  throat ;  at  others  (as  in  Maras- 
mius  cauUcinalis),  the  taste  proves  to  be  intensely 
bitter;  some  are  so  fiery  (as  in  Lactarius  turpis, 
llennius,  and  acris),  that  the  smallest  piece  placed 
upon  the  tongue  resembles  the  contact  of  a  red-hot 
poker.  Often,  when  1  have  been  out  botanizing  with 
young  men  and  amateurs,  when  a  dubious  Eussula 
or  Lactarius  has  been  shown  me  to  name,  I  have 
requested  the  inquirer  to  taste  it,  as,  if  mild  or 
pungent,  the  taste  might  at  times  decide  the  species; 
I  have  generally  found,  however,  that  though  certain 
persons  are  anxious  enough  to  acquire  names,  they 
will  not  burn  their  tongues  to  secure  them.  No 
fungi  that  I  am  acquainted  with  are  really  pleasant 
raw,  unless  it  is  Hydnum  gelatinosum,  though  many 
are  very  good  when  cooked.  A  very  important  thing 
to  note  is  the  odour  in  the  larger  fungi  :  many  are 
very  pleasant,  like  meal ;  a  few  are  sweet ;  some  re- 
semble stinking  fish  (as  Agarieus  cucumis)  ;  one,  mice 
(as  A.  incanus) ;  another,  camphor,  whilst  Maras- 
mius  foetidus  and  impudicus  are  like  putrid  carrion  ; 
others  are  like  burnt  flannel,  garlic,  rotten  beans, 
and  almost  every  imaginable  disagreeable  thing. 
The  habitat  is  of  great  importance :  if  the  plant 
grows  upon  trees,  the  tree  should  be  named ;  or  if 
parasitic  upon  any  other  material,  the  matrix  should 


FUNGI.  177 

be  named  with  the  place.  The  viscidity,  dryness, 
or  bibulosity  must  be  given,  and  in  the  Agaricini, 
any  notes  that  may  suggest  themselves  as  to  the 
presence  or  absence  of  a  veil,  volva,  or  trama,  and 
whether  the  gills  have  a  habit  of  separating  from  the 
stem,  as  at  J  (Fig.  39),  must  be  carefully  noted. 

The  study  of  the  larger  fungi  has  been  to  me  one 
of  the  greatest  pleasures  of  my  life :  when  all  things 
else  have  failed,  this  has  never  failed ;  it  has  taken 
me  into  the  pleasantest  of  places  and  amongst  the 
best  of  people.  Had  it  not  been  for  fungi,  I  should 
have  been  dead  years  ago ;  often  tired,  jaded,  and 
harassed  with  business  matters,  a  stroll  in  the  rich 
autumn  woods  has  given  me  a  renewed  lease  of  life. 
In  these  favourite  haunts  I  never  tire  or  flag ;  rain, 
fog,  and  mud,  never  detract  from  the  pleasures  of 
the  woods  to  me — I  am  only  depressed  in  the  hot, 
dry  weather  of  midsummer.  In  the  autumn  I  con- 
stantly visit  the  forests,  with  all  my  collecting  para- 
phernalia ;  I  sometimes  take  a  saw  to  cut  off  the 
big,  woody,  fungus  excrescences  of  trees.  I  was 
once  fortunate  enough  to  find  a  ladder  in  a  wood, 
which  proved  invaluable  for  ascending  the  beeches 
in  search  of  Agaricus  mucidus,  &c.  I,  however,  find 
fungi  everywhere  :  I  only  go  round  the  corner,  and 
there  they  are.  I  often  visit  a  neighbouring  builder's 
yard,  and  descend  the  sawpits,  to  the  amazement  of 

N 


178  FUNGI. 

the  operatives:  some  of  the  rarest  species  of  our 
Flora,  and  many  new  ones,  I  have  found  within  a 
few  minutes'  walk  of  my  own  house.  I  once  found 
a  rare  Lentinus  on  a  log  as  it  was  being  carted  down 
King  William  Street,  and  a  year  or  so  ago  an  unde- 
scribed  Peziza  flourished  inside  my  cistern. 

Collecting  fungi  is  not  without  its  humours  as 
well  as  its  pleasures,  as  the  following  will  show.  I 
once  saw  a  portly,  well-dressed  gentleman  walking 
along  the  high  road,  with  his  vasculum  over  his 
shoulders,  and  carrying  home  (one  in  each  hand)  a 
pair  of  cast-off,  rotten  boots,  discarded  by  some  va- 
grant ;  the  rotting  leather  having  produced  a  crop  of 
rare  microscopic  fungi.  At  times  abominable  cast- 
off  foetid  gipsy  rags  will  be  lovingly  taken  from  out 
a  ditch,  and  choice  pieces  cut  out  and  consigned  to 
the  vasculum  of  the  cryptogamic  botanist ;  at  other 
times  some  rare  species  will  be  seen  "  up  a  tree," 
and  it  has  several  times  happened  in  my  presence 
that  one  enthusiastic  botanist  has  got  on  to  the 
shoulders  of  another  to  secure  a  prize,  or  even  waded 
into  a  pond  to  get  at  some  prostrate  fungus-bearing 
log.  The  humours  of  truffle  hunting  are  manifold. 
I  have  seen  a  gentleman  trespass,  on  hands  and 
knees,  through  a  holly  hedge,  on  to  a  gentleman's 
lawn,  and  there  dig  up  the  turf  in  some  promising 
spot,  risking  an  attack  from  the  house-dog,  or  a  few 


FUNGI.  179 

shots  from  the  proprietor ;  the  said  trespasser  mean- 
while armed  with  a  rake,  gouge,  and  dangerous- 
looking  open  knife.  Country  labourers  are  often 
sorely  puzzled  by  the  acts  of  cryptogamic  botanists ; 
they  stand  agape  in  utter  amazement  to  witness 
poisonous  "  frog-stools  "  bagged  by  the  score.  Oft- 
times  one  gets  warned  that  the  plants  are  "  deadly 
pisin " ;  but  collectors  are  usually  looked  upon  as 
harmless  lunatics,  a  climax  in  this  direction  gene- 
rally being  reached  if  a  gentleman  in  search  of 
Ascoboli  and  the  dung-borne  Pezizse,  sits  down,  and 
after  making  a  promising  collection  of  horse  or 
cow-dung,  carefully  wraps  these  treasures  in  tissue 
paper,  and  puts  them  in  his  "  sandwich-box." 

One  word  of  warning  to  the  beginner — never,  on 
any  account,  amass  and  put  away  a  lot  of  imperfect 
materials  with  insufficient  notes,  for  in  the  end  they 
will  prove  worse  than  useless.  To  name  fungi  with 
certainty  the  fullest  notes  and  most  complete  mate- 
rials are  indispensable :  without  these  nothing  what- 
ever can  be  done.  It  is  far  better  to  laboriously 
make  out  twenty  species,  and  know  them  in  all  their 
aspects  for  certain,  than  to  amass  imperfect  materials 
of  two  thousand  without  any  sound  botanical  know- 
ledge. If  the  former  course  is  pursued,  the  study  of 
fungi  will  prove  a  never-failing  source  of  pleasure  to 
the  mind  and  of  health  to  the  body. 

N  2 


180  FUNGI. 

In  conclusion,  1  cannot  do  better  than  quote  a  few 
words  written  by  the  illustrious  Fries  (now  more  than 
eighty  years  of  age)  in  the  preface  to  a  recent  work 
of  his  on  Fungi.  He  says :  "  Now  in  the  evening  of 
my  life,  I  rejoice  to  call  to  mind  the  abundant 
pleasures  which  my  study  of  the  more  perfect  fungi, 
sustained  for  more  than  half  a  century,  has  through- 
out this  long  time  afforded  me Therefore,  to 

botanists,  who  can  wander  at  will  the  country  side,  I 
commend  the  study  of  these  plants  as  a  peren- 
nial fountain  of  delight  and  admiration  for  that 
Supreme  Wisdom  which  reigns  over  universal 
nature." 


LICHENS.  181 


XIII. 

LICHENS. 
BY  THE  REV.  JAS.  CROMBIE,  F.L.S.,  ETC. 

MUCH  as  it  is  to  be  regretted,  it  cannot  be  ques- 
tioned that  of  those  who  have  devoted  themselves  to 
the  study  of  botany,  Hellenists  have  always  been 
"  few  and  far  between."  While  flowering  plants 
have  had  their  hosts  of  enthusiastic  students,  and 
while  other  classes  of  cryptogamics  have  had  due 
attention  paid  to  them,  the  study  of  lichens  has, 
up  even  to  the  present  time,  been  but  too  much 
neglected.  To  many  indeed  the  term  conveys  only 
some  faint  and  confused  idea,  and  though  they  know 
that  there  are  plants  so  called,  they  are  at  the  same 
time  utterly  ignorant  of  their  nature.  With  flower- 
ing plants,  ferns,  mosses,  seaweeds,  and  even  fungi, 
they  have  at  least  some  acquaintance,  more  or  less 
accurate;  but  lichens  they  generally  pass  by  with 
indifference,  regarding  them  merely  as  "time-stains" 
on  the  trees,  the  walls,  and  the  rocks  where  they 
grow.  Nay,  we  have  even  met  with  some  professed, 
and  otherwise  well-informed  botanists,  who,  while 
recognizing  certain  of  the  larger  and  more  con- 


182  LICHENS. 

spicuous  species  as  lichens,  yet  fancied  that  many  of 
the  smaller  and  more  obscure  species  were  merely 
inorganic  discolorations.  It  is  certainly  very  difficult 
to  account  for  such  a  state  of  matters  at  the  present 
day,  when  so  much  attention  is  being  paid  to  almost 
every  other  class  of  plants.  Vainly  have  I  sought 
either  in  the  nature  of  the  case  itself  or  in  my 
conversations  with  botanists,  for  any  intelligible 
solution  of  such  apathy  and  neglect :  though  many 
good  and  sufficient  reasons  have  presented  them- 
selves to  my  mind  why  they  should  be  regarded  in 
a  very  different  light.  It  cannot  with  any  show  of 
propriety  be  objected  that  lichens  are  an  uninter- 
esting class  of  plants,  and  consequently  undeserving 
of  serious  study.  So  far  from  this,  they  are  in  va- 
rious respects  as  interesting  not  only  as  any  other 
class  of  cryptogamics,  but  also  as  many  other  plants, 
which  occupy  a  higher  and  more  conspicuous  place 
in  the  scale  of  vegetation.  Being  as  it  were  the 
pioneers  of  all  other  plant  life,  for  which  they  serve 
to  prepare  the  soil  on  the  coral  islet  'and  the  barren 
rock, — constituting  the  most  generally  diffused  class 
of  terrestrial  plants  on  the  surface  of  the  globe,  from 
arctic  lands  to  tropical  climes, — presenting  essential 
simplicity  of  structure,  being  composed  entirely  of 
an  aggregation  of  cells,  though  at  the  same  time  this 
is  amply  compensated  for  by  endless  variety  of  form,. 


LICHENS.  183 

— adorning  as  they  do,  with  their  variously 'coloured 
thalli  and  apothecia,  the  most  romantic  and  the  most 
dreary  situations, — affording  in  some  cases  valuable 
material  for  the  dyer  and  the  perfumer,  nay,  even 
for  medicinal  purposes, — supplying,  as  some  of  them 
do,  more  or  less,  nutritious  food  for  man  and  beast, 
under  circumstances  and  in  regions  where  no  other 
can  be  had, — it  is  very  evident  that  the  prevailing 
neglect  of  them  cannot  arise  from  their  being  in  any 
way  uninteresting,  and  destitute  either  of  beauty  or 
utility.  Nor  does  this,  as  might  be  inferred,  result 
from  any  peculiar  difficulty  attending  their  study. 
There  indeed  seems  to  be  a  notion  prevalent,  not 
only  amongst  the  students  of  phsenogamic,  but  also 
amongst  those  of  cryptogamic  plants,  that  there  are, 
somehow  or  other,  almost  insuperable  difficulties 
connected  with  the  pursuit  of  Lichenology.  Now,  it 
is  quite  true  that  the  correct  study  of  these  plants  is 
by  no  means  an  easy  one,  and  that  an  accurate 
knowledge  of  them  is  not  to  be  obtained  in  a  day  or 
an  hour;  but  the  same  may,  with  equal  truth,  be 
said  of  any  other  branch  of  Phytology,  which  re- 
quires minute  research  and  microscopical  examina- 
tion. Here,  as  elsewhere,  there  is  no  royal  road  to 
learning,  and  the  difficulties  which  lie  in  the  way 
must  be  boldly  faced.  If  the  student  can  only 
muster  up  sufficient  courage  to  cross  the  threshold 


184  LICHENS. 

and  prosecute  his  investigations  with  zeal  and  steady 
perseverance,  he  will  find  in  this,  as  in  other  cases, 
that  the  difficulties  which  looked  so  formidable  at  a 
distance,  will,  one  by  one,  be  successfully  surmounted. 
But  to  whatever  cause  the  paucity  of  lichenists, 
both  in  our  own  and  other  countries,  is  to  be 
attributed,  it  certainly  does  not  originate  in  any 
difficulty  connected  with  their  collection  and  preser- 
vation. In  fact,  there  is  no  other  class  of  plants, 
where  these,  and  more  especially  the  latter,  can  be 
so  easily  effected,  at  a  little  expenditure  of  time  and 
trouble.  A  few  simple  directions  are,  therefore,  all 
that  are  necessary  to  be  given  on  these  points.  As 
to  the  collecting  of  lichens,  it  has  already  been 
intimated  that  they  are  almost  universally  distri- 
buted, though  of  course  in  this  respect  subject  to 
the  same  laws  as  the  higher  orders  of  vegetation. 
In  our  own  country  we  have  now  a  list  of  about 
eight  hundred  species,  constituting  by  far  the 
greater  proportion  of  the  Lichen  Flora  of  Europe.  In 
most  parts  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  a  very  fair 
number  of  these  may  readily  be  gathered,  capable, 
as  they  are,  of  existing  in  almost  every  situation 
where  they  can  derive  requisite  nourishment  from 
the  atmosphere.  On  the  rocks  and  boulders  of  the 
seashore  and  the  mountain-side,  on  the  trunks  and 
branches  of  trees  in.  ™0ods  and  forests,  on  peaty 


LICHENS.  185 

soil  of  bare  moorlands,  and  on  stone  fences  in  up- 
land tracts,  nay,  even  on  old  pales  and  walls  in 
suburban  districts,  a  goodly  harvest  may  generally 
be  reaped.  Few  localities  indeed  there  are,  within 
the  area  of  these  islands  (London  and  its  environs, 
where  the  atmosphere  is  so  impregnated  with 
smoke,  being  the  chief  exception),  in  which  the 
lichenist  will  find  his  occupation  gone.  True,  it  is 
only  in  some  more  favoured  tracts,  chiefly  maritime 
and  montane,  that  he  can  expect  to  meet  with  many 
of  our  rarer  species;  but  even  in  most  lowland 
districts,  especially  such  as  are  well  wooded,  he 
may,  with  profit,  pursue  his  researches,  and  collect 
various  of  the  more  common  species.  These  will 
just  be  as  useful  in  making  him  acquainted  with  the 
structure  and  physiology  of  lichens  as  though  he 
had  gathered  the  rarest  that  grow  on  Ben  Lawers 
or  by  Killarney's  lake.  The  apparatus  requisite  for 
collecting  is  neither  complicated  nor  expensive. 

A  tin  japanned  vasculum,  or  what  is  perhaps 
better  still,  a  black  leather  haversack,  of  larger  or 
smaller  dimensions  as  the  case  may  be,  suspended 
over  the  shoulder  by  a  strap,  is  of  course  indispen- 
sable for  holding  the  specimens  gathered.  The 
latter  of  these  we  have  found  to  be  more  generally 
convenient,  as  we  can  take  it  with  us  also  for  a  short 
ramble,  without  its  attracting  so  much  attention 


186 


LICHENS. 


from  curious  rustics,  as  the  less-known  and  more 
singular-looking  vasculum.  Two  sets  of  instruments 
are  also  necessary  for  removing  the  plant  from  the 
substratum  on  which  it  grows,  as  well  as  for  break- 
ing off  in  many  cases  a  thin  portion  of  the  latter 
along  therewith.  These  are  a  geologist's  hammer 
and  chisel  for  such  as  grow  on  rocks,  boulders, 
and  stones ;  a  gardener's  pruning-knife  for  such  as 
grow  on  trees,  pales,  and  the  ground ;  as  also  an 
ordinary  table-knife  for  detaching,  by  insertion 
under  them,  such  foliaceous  species  as  can  thus  be 
separated  from  the  substratum.  To  these  must  be 
added  several  sheets  of  soft  and  moderately  thick 
paper,  cut  into  different  sizes  (some  newspapers  suit 
remarkably  well),  in  which  to  wrap  up  the  indi- 
vidual specimens  and  prevent  them  rubbing  against 
each  other ;  a  few  card-boxes  also,  of  various  sizes, 
in  which  for  greater  safety  to  place  any  of  the  more 
brittle  species,  or  fragments  of  the  rarer  ones,  by 
themselves ;  and  a  pocketjens  of  good  magnifying 
power,  by  which  we  may  be  able  to  detect  on  the 
spot  those  minuter  species  which  the  naked  eye  can 
with  difficulty  distinguish.  With  these  the  lichenist 
is  fully  equipped  for  an  excursion,  whether  "  near  at 
hand  or  far  away,"  and,  with  waterproof  and 
umbrella,  is  ready  to  take  the  field  even  in 
threatening  weather.  A  good  deal  of  discrimina- 


LICHENS.  187 

tion  must  be  used  in  the  selection  of  specimens  for 
removal,  which,  in  all  cases  where  such  can  be 
obtained,  ought  to  be  fertile,  with  both  apothecia 
and  spermagones  fully  developed.  Hence,  such  as 
are  too  old  or  too  young,  may  be  passed  by,  as 
neither  the  spores  nor  spermatia,  by  which  alone, 
in  many  instances,  they  can  be  determined,  will  be 
found  in  a  normal  condition,  any  more  than  the 
thallus  itself.  The  specimens  gathered  ought  in 
every  case  to  be  of  sufficient  size  to  show  distinctly 
the  character  of  the  thallus  and  of  the  fructifica- 
tion. Where,  however,  the  thallus,  as  it  frequently 
does,  spreads  very  extensively  over  the  substratum, 
it  will  be  sufficient  to  break  off  such  a  portion  from 
the  circumference  towards  the  centre,  as  will  give- 
an  adequate  idea  of  the  more  important  character- 
istics of  the  plant.  This  is  a  point  of  considerable 
consequence  ;  for  should  a  portion  be  taken  off  from 
the  circumference  alone,  or  from  the  centre  alone, 
it  will  often  be  entirely  unsuitable  for  showing  the 
real  nature  of  the  plant,  and  be  quite  useless  for 
purposes  of  description.  A  little  experience,  how- 
ever, will  serve  to  prevent  the  commission  of  a 
mistake,  into  which,  judging  from  the  number  of 
imperfect  specimens  which  are  sent  me  to  be 
named,  beginners  are  very  apt  to  fall.  Practice 
will  also  in  time  enable  the  tyro  to  use  the  hammer 


188  LICHENS. 

and  chisel  in  such  a  way  as  to  obtain  neat  specimen? 
of  saxicole  species — a  matter  of  importance  with 
respect  to  their  subsequent  mounting.  As  to  the 
best  season  for  collecting,  1  need  scarcely  remind 
the  reader  that  lichens  are  perennial  plants,  re- 
markable for  their  longevity,  and  that  during  the 
whole  year  round  they  may  be  found  in  fruit.  The 
lichenist  has  not  to  wait  for  any  particular  month 
or  months,  as  other  botanists  have  to  do,  before  he 
can  collect  the  objects  of  his  search  in  a  fully- 
developed  condition.  Spring,  summer,  autumn,  and 
even-  winter,  except  when  the  snow  conceals  all 
vegetation  beneath  its  white  mantle,  are  all  alike  to 
him,  and  in  each  he  will  find  every  species  of  lichen 
in  perfection.  At  the  same  time,  he  will  be  most 
successful  after  a  shower  of  rain  or  a  slight  frost 
has  fallen,  inasmuch  as,  becoming  swollen  with  the 
moisture  then  imbibed,  many  of  the  minuter  species 
which  might  otherwise  be  overlooked,  are  more 
readily  perceived,  and  the  foliaceous  species  more 
easily  removed  from  the  substratum  to  which  they 
are  more  or  less  closely  affixed. 

Nothing  more  need  be  said  on  the  collecting  of 
lichens,  as  a  short  experience  will  be  more  useful 
than  further  details.  We  proceed,  therefore,  to  give 
a  few  hints  on  their  subsequent  preservation.  This 
is  a  very  easy  process,  presenting  no  difficulty  what- 


LICHENS.  189 

ever,  and  occupying  but  little  time.  We  shall 
suppose  that  the  collector  has  returned  from  a 
successful  expedition,  with  his  vasculum  or  haver- 
sack well  filled  with  specimens  from  all  sorts  of 
habitats.  Opening  the  papers  in  which  they  have 
been  wrapped  up,  he  will  take  them  out  one  by  one, 
and  place  them  separately  upon  a  table,  over  which  a 
newspaper  has  previously  been  spread.  If  gathered 
in  wet  weather,  they  ought  not  to  be  left  long  in  the 
papers,  as  in  this  case  they  are  very  apt  to  become 
covered  with  mould.  After  allowing  them  to  remain 
in  this  position  till  they  are  thoroughly  dry,  he  may 
at  once  proceed  with  hammer  and  chisel,  or  with 
knife  and  scissors,  to  reduce  to  a  suitable  size  such 
of  them  as  he  could  not  conveniently  thus  manipulate 
in  the  field.  When  this  is  done,  they  may  then  be 
affixed  with  gum,  of  a  rather  thick  consistency,  to 
slips  of  white  paper,  with  the  locality  and  date  of 
their  collection  written  beneath.  There  will  be  no 
difficulty  felt  in  thus  affixing  saxicole,  corticole,  and 
lignicole  species,  though  where  the  nature  of  the 
stone  or  wood  is  more  absorbent,  several  applica- 
tions of  the  gum  may  be  necessary  before  they 
properly  adhere.  With  terricole  species,  however, 
a  somewhat  more  lengthened  process  is  necessary, 
owing  to  the  brittle  nature  of  the  substratum,  in 
consequence  of  which,  if  not  properly  preserved, 


190  LICHENS. 

they  often  crumble  into  dust  in  the  herbarium.  To 
prevent  this,  M.  Norman,  of  Tromsoe,  Norway,  has 
recently  prescribed  a  solution  of  isinglass  in  spirits 
-of  wine,  which,  when  liquefied  in  a  vessel  plunged 
in  water  of  the  temperature  of  25°-30°  C.,  is  greedily 
imbibed  by  the  earth,  and  becomes  inspissated  into 
a  solid  gelatine  at  a  temperature  below  15°.  This 
solution  may  be  applied  until  the  earth  becomes 
thoroughly  saturated,  and  after  it  is  perfectly  dry, 
the  specimens  will  possess  sufficient  hardness  and 
tenacity,  and  may  then  be  mounted  like  the  others. 
So  far,  however,  as  my  own  experience  goes,  I  have 
found  a  weak  solution  of  gum-arabic,  frequently 
repeated,  and  applied  to  the  under  surface  and  edges 
of  the  specimens,  to  be  quite  as  efficacious;  and  if 
after  becoming  thoroughly  dry,  they  be  first  affixed 
by  a  thicker  solution  to  slips  of  thin  tissue-paper, 
they  will  be  equally  ready  for  being  mounted  as 
above.  Either  of  these  two  methods  may  also  with 
advantage  be  applied  to  such  species  as  grow  upon 
decayed  mosses.  Slight  pressure  may  be  applied  to 
the  thallus  of  fruticulose,  filamentose,  and  foliaceous 
species,  in  order  that  they  may  lie  better  in  the 
herbarium ;  but  this  should  be  done  only  to  a  very 
limited  degree,  so  as  not  to  obliterate  the  normal 
appearance  of  the  branches  or  lobes.  As  the  cha- 
racter of  the  under  surface  of  the  thallus  is  fre- 


LICHENS.  .         191 

•quently  of  great  importance,  at  least  in  foliaceous  and 
fruticulose  plants,  a  portion  of  this,  not  necessarily 
detached,  should  be  turned  over,  for  facility  of  in- 
spection, and  pressed  down  on  the  paper,  before  the 
specimens  have  become  quite  dry  and  rigid.  In 
order  to  destroy  any  insects  that  may  be  upon  the 
plants  when  gathered,  or  by  which  they  may  after- 
wards be  infested,  lichenists  at  one  time  were  in  the 
habit  of  poisoning  them  with  corrosive  sublimate. 
Frequent  exposure,  however,  to  the  air  in  dry 
weather,  and  the  presence  of  a  little  camphor,  will 
be  quite  sufficient  to  prevent  any  mischief  from  this 
source. 

But  having  thus  arranged,  though  the  arrangement 
is  but  temporary,  the  specimens  gathered,  on  slips 
-of  white  paper,  the  next  and  most  important  point 
is  their  due  examination  and  determination.  This, 
in  the  present  advanced  state  of  Lichenology,  is  un- 
questionably, in  many  cases,  a  task  of  considerable 
difficulty,  and  in  the  short  space  at  our  disposal  it 
would  be  quite  impossible  to  give  anything  like  an 
adequate  explanation  of  the  mode  in  which  this  is 
to  be  effected.  Suffice  it  at  present  to  say  that 
sections  must  be  made  of  the  thallus  to  ascertain 
the  character  of  its  different  layers,  as  also  sections 
of  the  apothecia  and  spermagones  to  ascertain  the 
nature  of  the  spores  and  spermatia.  For  both  pur- 


192 


LICHENS 


poses  a  good  microscope,  with  ^-inch  object-glass,  is 
absolutely  indispensable  to  the  student.  The  exami- 
nation of  the  spores,  upon  which,  in  so  many  cases, 
the  determination  of  the  species  chiefly  depends, 
should  present  little  or  no  difficulty,  at  least  to  the 
fungologist.  It  may  be  readily  effected  by  moisten- 
ing the  apothecium  with  water,  and  then,  with  a  dis- 
secting-knife,  making  a  thin  vertical  section  through 
its  centre.  Putting  this  on  a  glass  slide,  or  in  a 
compressorium,  in  a  drop  of  hydrate  of  potash,  and 


Section  of  Physcia  parietma. 

a.  Paraphyses.     6.  Asci  with  spores,     c.  Hypothecmm.     d.  Section  of 
apothecium.     e.  Spore. 

then  placing  it  under  the  microscope,  a  view  will  be 
obtained  of  the  asci,  spores,  paraphyses,  hypothe- 
cium,  &c.,  each  of  which  may  afterwards  be  insulated 


LICHENS. 


193 


and  examined  more  minutely  in  detail.  Take,  for 
example,  the  well-known  beautiful  yellow  lichen 
(Pliyscia  parietina),  so  common  everywhere  on  walls, 
rocks,  and  trees,  and  treat  a  very  thin  section  of  the 
mature  apothecium  as  before  mentioned.  Under  the 
microscope  it  will  appear  as  represented  in  Fig.  43. 
In  the  same  way  the  spermagones  may  be  exa- 
mined, when  the  nature  of  the  sterigmata  and 
spermatia  will  be  ap- 
parent. By  cutting 
across  the  thallus  of 
the  above  species,  we 
can  perceive  even  by 
the  naked  eye  that  it 
consists  of  three  dif- 
ferent layers,  which 

,  .  •     11  Section  of  Physcia  parietina. 

when   microscopically    a.Cortical8tratum.  6<Gonidic stratum. 
examined  present  the  c-  Medullary  stratum, 

appearance  shown  in  the  above  figure. 

But  in  addition  to  this  microscopical  examination, 
it  is  also  requisite  to  observe  tne  different  chemical 
reactions  produced  on  the  asci  or  the  hymeneal 
gelatine  with  iodine  (I),  which  will  tinge  these 
either  bluish  or  reddish  wine-coloured,  or  else  leave 
them  uncoloured.  Similarly  the  thallus,  including 
both  the  cortical  layer  and  the  medulla,  may  be 
tested  with  hydrate  of  potash  (K),  and  hypochlorite 


194:  LICHENS. 

of  lime  (C),  the  latter  being  applied  either  by  itself 
or  added  to  K  when  wet.  In  some  cases  no  reaction 
will  be  produced  by  these  either  upon  the  cortical 
stratum  or  the  medulla;  in  others  they  will  be 
tinged  yellowish  or  reddish.  The  formulae  for  the 
preparation  of  these  reagents  are :  for  iodine,  iodine, 
gr.  j  ;  iodide  of  potash,  gr.  iij,  distilled  water,  ^  oz. ; 
for  hydrate  of  potash,  equal  weights  of  caustic  potash 
and  water ;  for  hydrochlorite  of  lime,  chloride  of 
lime  and  water  of  any  strength.  After  correctly 
ascertaining  the  specific  name  of  the  specimens 
collected,  this  is  to  be  written  on  the  slips  of  paper 
to  which  they  are  affixed,  above  the  locality  and 
date,  and  the  best  of  them,  including  all  varieties 
and  forms,  selected  for  subsequent  mounting  in  the 
herbarium.  This  may  be  effected  either  in  the  same 
way  as  the  mounting  of  phanerogamic  plants,  or  by 
affixing  the  specimens  to  pieces  of  millboard  covered 
with  white  paper,  and  arranging  them  according  to 
the  order  of  the  genera  and  species  in  the  system  of 
classification  which  may  be  adopted.  For  facility 
of  reference  the  latter  is  undoubtedly  the  preferable 
method ;  and  if  the  cards  are  disposed  in  a  cabinet 
with  shallow  drawers,  they  will  not,  so  far  at  least 
as  our  British  species  are  concerned,  be  found  to 
occupy  too  much  space. 


SEAWEEDS.  195 


SEAWEEDS. 
BY  W.  H.  GRATTANHT. 

IN  some  articles  published  in  '  Science-Gossip '  a 
few  years  ago,  I  gave  some  directions  for  collecting 
and  preserving  Marine  Algae,  or  seaweeds,  and 
although,  I  think,  it  will  be  difficult  to  simplify 
those  directions,  or  even  to  add  much  tnat  would  be 
really  serviceable  to  young  beginners  in  this  de- 
lightful pursuit,  it  is  my  intention,  in  going  over  the 
ground  once  more,  to  be  as  explicit  as  I  possibly  can  ; 
and  here,  on  the  threshold  of  the  subject,  I  have  a  few 
words  to  say  to  one  or  two  occasional  contributors  to 
that  journal,  who,  in  calling  attention  to  the  beauty 
of  marine  vegetation,  and  urging  young  persons  to 
collect  and  preserve  Algae,  have  advised  them  to 
ignore  books  on  the  subject,  and  go  to  the  shore,  use 
their  own  eyes,  and  collect  for  themselves,  &c.  I 
am  sorry  very  greatly  to  differ  from  such  advice. 
Collecting  in  this  way  may  be  amusing  enough  to 
those  who  care  not  for  science,  but  when  it  leads  to 
parcels  of  seaweeds,  picked  up  at  random,  being  sent 
to  botanists  with  a  request  that  the  names  of  such 


196  SEAWEEDS. 

plants  should  be  sent  to  the  writer,  it  is  the  reverse 
of  pleasure  to  the  scientific  botanist,  for  it  gives  him 
infinite  trouble,  and  enables  him  to  convey  but  very 
imperfect  information  to  his  applicant.  The  editor 
of  that  journal  has  often  been  thus  appealed  to,  and 
packages  of  decayed  rubbish  have  frequently  been 
sent  to  me  for  examination,  containing  species  or 
rather  fragments  of  plants,  which,  for  the  most  part, 
were  utterly  worthless  and  defied  identification. 

Almost  all  collectors  commence  by  mounting  plants 
which  a  little  experience  proves  to  be  really  what 
the  old  poet  termed  "  alga  projecta  vilior "  ;  but 
as  seaweed-gathering,  like  everything  else,  requires 
practice,  beginners  must  not  be  disappointed  because 
they  do  not  find  rarities  or  fine  specimens  whenever 
and  wherever  they  may  seek  for  them. 

When  I  think  of  the  difficulties  I  experienced  at 
the  outset  of  my  study  of  marine  botany,  especially  in 
the  collecting  and  drying  of  seaweeds,  I  feel  strongly 
inclined  to  urge  all  beginners  to  obtain  some  in- 
formation concerning  Marine  Algae  before  they  go 
to  the  shore  to  collect  for  themselves.  A  very  few 
hours  of  study  with  an  experienced  algologist,  or 
even  a  perusal  of  some  illustrated  work  on  British 
algse,  will  save  much  trouble  and  materially  assist 
the  unpractised  eye  in  selecting  specimens  for  the 
herbarium.  I  may  here  mention  as  highly  useful 
to  incipient  algologists  Dr.  Landsborough's  '  British 


SEAWEEDS.  197 

Seaweeds/  and  Professor  Harvey's  '  Manual,'  either 
of  which  may  be  obtained  for  a  few  shillings ;  but  if 
my  readers  are  resident  in  London,  I  advise  them 
to  pay  a  few  visits  to  the  Library  of  the  British 
Museum,  and  there  inspect  Dr.  Harvey's  '  Phycol  ogia 
Britannica.'  In  this  magnificent  work  they  will  find 
coloured  figures  of  nearly  every  British  seaweed, 
with  drawings  from  magnified  portions,  and  various 
structural  details  of  the  highest  value  to  students ; 
and  I  once  more  impress  on  all  collectors  the  im- 
portance of  some  degree  of  book-learning  ere  they 
sally  forth,  bag  or  vasculum  in  hand,  to  cull  the 
lovely  "flowers  of  the  ocean,"  or  gather  what  best  may 
please  them  from  the  rejectamenta  on  the  shore. 

If  the  collector  wishes  to  learn,  not  merely  the 
names  of  plants,  but  to  distinguish  species,  he  will  do 
well  to  provide  himself  with  a  copy  of  Harvey's 
little  volume  the  '  Synopsis  of  British  Seaweeds/  and 
a  Stanhope  or  Coddington  lens,  by  means  of  which 
he  can  examine  portions  of  delicate  plants  as  he 
finds  them,  and  compare  them  with  the  descriptions 
given  in  the  *  Synopsis ' ;  in  this  way,  if  he  have  any 
success  during  his  excursions,  he  will  quickly  become 
familiar  with  most  of  the  plants  which  are  cast  ashore 
or  grow  within  tide-marks. 

Time  will  not  admit  of,  neither  is  space  at  pre- 
sent available  for,  a  single  line  beyond  what  may 
be  practically  serviceable  to  my  youthful  readers ; 


198  SEAWEEDS. 

therefore  I  will  hasten  to  describe  the  course  of* 
action  in  seaweed-collecting  as  I  have  practised  it 
for  many  years.  At  once,  then,  to  the  shore,  but  not 
to  the  sandy  shore,  for  only  useless  decayed  rubbish, 
or  here  and  there  some  straggling  plants  of  Zostera 
marina,  or  grass-wrack,  will  be  met  with  there.  The 
collector  must  away  to  the  rocks,  and  search  carefully 
every  pool  he  meets  with,  from  a  little  distance 
below  high-water  mark,  and  so  on  down  to  the 
water's  edge,  always  remembering  that  it  is  better 
to  collect  while  the  tide  is  receding  than  as  it  is 
coming  in. 

Presuming  that  few  persons  will  think  of  collect- 
ing seaweeds  much  earlier  than  the  month  of  May, 
let  me  observe  that  most  of  the  accessible  species  of 
olive  and  green  plants  which  grow  on  rocky  shores 
and  in  tide-pools,  will  be  found  from  May  to  June 
in  pretty  fair  condition,  but  very  few  red  plants, 
except  those  which  grow  on  the  shady  sides  of  rock- 
pools,  or  under  the  shelter  of  the  larger  olive  weeds, 
will  be  met  with  until  a  considerable  space  is  laid 
bare  by  the  receding  water  at  the  low  spring  tides, 
about  a  day  or  two  before  and  after  the  full  moon. 

As  nearly  all  the  rare  red  weeds  grow  in  deep 
water,  they  are  seldom  taken  in  any  degree  of  per- 
fection unless  they  are  dredged ;  but  in  the  summer 
months,  say  from  June  to  the  end  of  August,  many 
fine  plants  are  occasionally  thrown  up  from  deep 


SEAWEEDS.  199 

water,  and  others  are  found  growing  on  the  stems 
of  the  great  oar-weeds,  portions  of  which  are  cast 
ashore,  beautifully  fringed  with  one  or  more  species 
of  Delesseria  and  other  rare  Khodosperms — in  fact, 
during  the  rising  tide,  diligent  collectors  may  secure 
many  a  lovely  deep-water  plant  as  it  comes  floating 
in,  but  which,  if  allowed  to  remain  long  exposed  to 
the  action  of  sunlight,  will  fade  in  colour  and  de- 
compose before  it  can  be  mounted.  This  is  espe- 
cially the  case  with  all  the  soft  gelatinous  red  plants, 
such  as  the  Callithamnia,  and  all  the  Gloiocladise,  as 
well  as  a  few  of  the  softer  olive  weeds ;  and  here  I 
may  observe  that  there  is  one  genus  of  beautiful 
olive  plants,  the  Sporoclmacese,  which  must  on  no 
account  be  put  into  the  vasculum  with  any  of  the 
delicate  red  plants,  for  they  not  only  very  rapidly 
decompose,  but  injure  almost  all  others  with  which 
they  are  placed  in  contact.  The  species  are  not 
numerous,  and  they  may  be  easily  recognized,  after 
having  been  previously  studied  from  the  coloured 
figures  either  in  Harvey's  '  Phycologia,'  or  in  Brad- 
bury and  Evans's  'Nature-printed  Seaweeds.'  It  is 
also  a  curious  fact  respecting  this  genus,  that  while 
they  are  all  of  a  beautiful  olive  tint  in  the  growing 
state,  they  invariably  change  to  a  fine  verdigris-green 
in  drying ;  and  indeed  this  is  very  generally  the  case 
with  the  filamentous  olive  weeds,  the  Fuci,  or  common 
rock-weeds,  as  constantly  turning  quite  black  after 


200  SEAWEEDS. 

mounting:  whence  the  term,  that  of  " Melanosperm," 
which  is  given  to  the  subdivision  to  which  all  the 
olive  weeds  belong. 

As  there  are  so  few  seaweeds  which  have  gene- 
rally known  common  names,  I  shall  make  no  apology 
for  using  the  names  by  which  they  are  known  to 
science,  presuming  that  all  intending  collectors  will, 
as  I  have  already  suggested,  gain  some  knowledge  of 
Terminology  ere  they  go  out  "  seaweeding." 

Beginners  should  be  cautioned  against  the  very 
natural  error  of  bringing  home  too  many  plants  at  a 
time  ;  they  must  be  moderate  in  their  gatherings,  or 
be  content  to  risk  the  loss  of  some  choice  specimens, 
which  will  decompose  unless  they  are  attended  to 
before  night.  The  first  thing  to  be  done  upon 
arriving  at  home,  is  to  empty  the  collecting-bag  into 
a  white  basin  of  sea-water,  and  to  select  the  best 
and  cleanest  plants  as  soon  as  possible,  giving  each  a 
good  swill  before  placing  it  in  another  vessel  of  clean 
water,  and  getting  rid  of  rejected  plants  at  once,  so 
that  the  basin  first  used  will  be  available  for  re- 
washing  the  weeds  before  they  are  severally  placed 
in  the  mounting  dish.  When  a  day  is  fixed  on  for 
seaweeding,  the  collector  should  order  a  large  bucket 
of  clean  sea- water,  which,  after  being  left  to  settle, 
should  be  strained  through  a  towel,  so  as  to  be  as 
free  as  possible  from  sand  and  dirt.  Two  or  three 
large  pie-dishes  will  be  necessary,  the  deeper  the 


SEAWEEDS.  201 

better,  and  white,  if  such  can  be  obtained.  Place  < 
these  on  a  separate  table  with  towels  under  them, 
and  reserve  a  table  specially  for  the  mounting  dish 
and  the  parcels  of  papers,  calicoes,  and  blotting- 
papers.  The  large  white  bath  used  in  photography 
is  very  well  adapted  for  mounting  seaweeds ;  the  lip 
at  one  corner  is  convenient  for  pouring  off  soiled 
water,  and  its  form — that  of  an  oblong — is  most 
suitable  for  receiving  the  papers  on  which  the 
plants  are  to  be  mounted.  Beside  this  vessel  should 
be  placed  the  following  implements — a  porcupine 
quill,  two  camel-hair  pencils  (one  small,  the  other 
large  and  flat),  a  pair  of  strong  brass  forceps,  a  pen- 
knife, a  pair  of  scissors,  a  small  sponge,  an  ivory 
paper-knife,  and  two  thin  plates  of  perforated  zinc 
somewhat  less  in  length  and  breadth  than  the  inside 
of  the  mounting  dish. 

Smooth  drawing  paper,  or  fine  white  cartridge 
paper,  is  generally  employed  for  mounting.  The 
operator  should  be  provided  with  three  different 
sizes  of  paper,  and  these  should  have  each  a  piece 
of  very  fine  calico  and  four  pieces  of  blotting-paper 
to  correspond.  The  process  of  mounting  one  of  the 
filamentous  or  branching  species  is  as  follows : — The 
specimen  being  cleaned  and  placed  in  the  mounting 
dish,  a  piece  of  paper  of  suitable  size  is  laid  on  one 
of  the  perforated  zinc  plates,  and  both  are  then 
slipped  quickly  under  the  floating  weed.  The  root 


202  SEAWEEDS. 

or  base  of  the  specimen  is  then  pressed  down  on  the 
paper  with  a  finger  of  the  left  hand,  while  the  right 
hand  is  employing  the  forceps  or  porcupine  quill  in 
arranging  the  plant  in  as  natural  a  position  as. 
possible,  ere  the  zinc  plate  is  gently  and  gradually 
raised  at  the  top  or  bottom,  as  may  be  necessary,  ta 
ensure  a  perfect  display  of  every  portion  of  the 
plant ;  but  if,  upon  drawing  it  out  of  the  water,  it 
should  present  an  unsightly  appearance  from  too 
thick  an  overlapping  of  the  branches,  the  whole  must 
be  reimmersed,  and  a  little  pruning  of  superfluous- 
portions  may  be  employed  with  advantage  to  the 
specimen  and  satisfaction  to  the  operator.  Care 
should  be  taken  that  the  water  be  drained  off  the 
paper  as  completely  as  possible  before  the  calico  is 
laid  over  the  plant,  and  this  is  accomplished  by 
raising  the  paper  containing  the  plant  as  it  still  lies- 
on  the  zinc  plate,  and  transferring  it  to  a  thin  board 
placed  in  an  inclined  position  against  one  of  the 
basins,  and  with  the  large  camel-hair  pencil  paint 
off  the  water  as  it  runs  away  from  the  specimen,  and 
absorb  what  remains,  when  the  paper  is  laid  flatj. 
with  the  sponge.  Delicate  species  may  be  left  to 
drain  for  a  few  minutes,  while  the  operator  is  arrang- 
ing other  specimens.  When  the  water  is  sufficiently 
drained  off,  the  paper  is  then  laid  on  the  blotter,  and 
the  piece  of  calico  is  placed  upon  the  plant — a  sheet 
of  blotter  being  laid  upon  the  calico. 


SEAWEEDS.  203- 

Care  should  be  observed  in  subjecting  plants  to 
pressure,  which,  in  the  first  instance,  should  be  suffi- 
cient only  to  help  the  absorption  of  water.  The  first 
set  of  blotting-papers  should  be  changed  in  half  an 
hour  after  the  whole  batch  of  specimens  have  been 
placed  in  the  press,  and  these  must  be  thoroughly 
dried  before  they  are  used  again.  After  the  second 
or  third  change  of  blotters,  the  plants  should  remain 
under  strong  pressure  for  two  or  three  days ;  but  the 
pieces  of  calico  must  not  be  removed  until  it  is  pretty 
certain  that  the  papers  and  plants  are  quite  dry. 

With  the  exception  of  the  Fuel  or  common  rock- 
weeds,  I  never  place  seaweeds  in  fresh  water :  with 
these,  especially  Fucus  serratus,  F.  nodosus,  F.  vesi- 
culosus,  and  F.  canalieulatus,  a  few  hours'  immersion 
in  fresh  water  is  an  advantage,  as  it  soaks  the  salt 
out  of  their  fronds  and  renders  them  more  pliable. 
As  all  the  Fuci  turn  black  in  drying,  and  few  of  them 
adhere  well  to  paper,  I  arrange  my  specimens  in. 
single  layers  between  the  folds  of  a  clean  dry  towel,, 
and  keep  them  under  pressure  until  they  are  quite 
dry  ;  they  may  then  be  put  away  loosely,  or  gummed 
on  sheets  of  paper. 

The  foregoing  directions  for  mounting  filamentous 
seaweeds  are  applicable  to  all  the  branching  species 
of  Olive,  Eed,  and  Green  plants ;  but  in  each  of  the 
three  subdivisions  there  are  a  few  species  which  are 
so  gelatinous — in  fact,  so  soft  and  spongy,  that  thev 


"204  SEAWEEDS. 

require  the  utmost  care  during  pressure,  otherwise 
they  adhere  to  the  calico  and  break  off  in  frag- 
ments as  it  is  drawn  away.  Such  plants  must  be 
left  to  dry  in  a  horizontal  position  for  an  hour  or  so 
before  the  calico  and  blotters  are  placed  over  them, 
and  pressure  must  be  very  slight  until  they  have 
adhered  closely  to  the  paper.  Among  the  Chloro- 
sperms,  or  green  plants,  there  are  the  various  species 
of  Codium,  young  plants  of  which  only  are  manage- 
able or  indeed  desirable.  In  the  Melanosperms, 
some  species  of  the  genus  Mesogloia  will  require  care 
and  patience  in  mounting,  as  well  as  the  long  string- 
like  plant,  known  as  Chorda  filum  ;  and  again,  the 
spreading  tuberous  mass  called  Leathsia  tuberiformis, 
portions  of  which  should  be  cut  from  the  rock,  the 
sand  scraped  and  washed  out,  then  laid  on  the  wet 
paperx  and  allowed  to  shrink  for  some  hours  ere 
calico  blotters  and  pressure  be  applied.  These 
difficulties  are  much  more  numerous  among  the 
Khodosperms,  or  red  seaweeds,  experience  only 
teaching  the  best  method  of  treatment.  I  will, 
however,  mention  the  names  of  some  very  trouble- 
some plants,  the  fronds  of  which,  if  subjected  to  pres- 
sure too  soon,  burst  and  discharge  their  carmine  con- 
tents ;  not  only  presenting  an  unsightly  appearance, 
but  destroying  the  specimen.  These  are  Griffithsia 
coralUna,  Dudresnaia  eoccinea,  Naccaria  Wiggliii, 
all  tiie  Cliylodadia,  and  the  rare  Gloiosiphonia,  as  well 


SEAWEEDS.  205 

as  the  slimy  worm-like  plant  known"  as  Nemalion 
multifidum. 

In  addition  to  these  troubles  among  the  red  plants, 
there  is  an  opposite  difficulty  connected  with  several 
Khodosperins  which  must  be  pointed  out ;  and  that 
is  owing  to  an  absence  or  scarcity  of  gelatine  in 
their  substance,  which  is  in  some  of  a  stout,  leathery, 
or  horny  nature,  and  in  others  is  due  to  a  coating  of 
carbonate  of  lime,  which  completely  envelops  the 
vegetable  structure.  Among  the  former  may  be 
mentioned  the  several  species  of  Phyllophora,  and 
several  among  the  genera  Gigartina,  Chondrus,  and 
Sphserococcus ;  and  in  the  latter,  all  the  calcareous 
Algre,  especially  the  well-known  Corallina  officinalis 
and  Jdnia  rubens.  All  these,  and  several  others  of  a 
membraneous  nature,  among  the  olive  as  well  as  the 
red  weeds,  must  be  first  mounted  in  the  ordinary 
manner,  and  when  they  are  tolerably  dry  and  begin 
to  shrink  away  from  the  paper,  fill  the  mounting- 
dish  with  stale  skimmed  milk;  refloat  the  plants  on 
their  papers  in  the  milk,  and  indeed  go  through  the 
same  process  as  before  with  the  sea-water,  but  be 
careful  to  absorb  all  the  milk  from  off  the  surface  of 
the  plants  and  the  back  of  the  papers,  and  then, 
after  the  usual  time  for  drying  and  pressing,  the 
most  obstinate  seaweed  will  be  found  adhering  per- 
fectly to  the  paper,  and  will  remain  so  permanently. 

One  more  difficulty  must  be  referred  to  for  the 


206  SEAWEEDS. 

benefit  of  young  beginners,  who,  in  mounting  some 
of  the  Laminaria  and  that  peculiar  olive  weed  called 
Himantlialia  lorea,  may  wish  to  preserve  the  thick- 
•branching  roots  and  stems.  First  wash  the  roots  as 
clean  as  possible,  and  then,  with  a  sharp  penknife, 
make  a  clean  cutting  horizontally  of  the  whole  root 
and  some  little  distance  up  the  thick  round  stem ; 
then,  after  having  removed  the  cut  portions,  place 
the  inner  surface  of  the  root  and  stem  on  the  paper, 
and  the  gelatinous  matter  which  oozes  from  the 
plant  will  cause  the  roots  to  adhere  firmly  to  the 
paper,  and  in  drying,  the  usual  olive  tint  of  the 
various  species  of  Laminaria  will  be  finely  preserved. 
Some  botanists  employ  a  mixture  made  of  isinglass, 
dissolved  in  alcohol,  to  fix  some  of  the  horny  or 
robust  species  on  paper ;  but  if  gum  be  made  use  of, 
it  is  better  to  employ  gum  tragacanth  than  gum- 
arabic,  because,  in  drying,  the  former  has  none  of 
that  objectionable  glare  which  is  peculiar  to  gum 
arable. 

As  regards  the  best  method  of  pressing  seaweeds, 
I  think  I  can  hardly  do  better  than  refer  my  readers 
to  the  figure  of  a  Seaweed  Press  (Fig.  45),  which 
I  invented  for  myself  many  years  ago,  in  which  I 
have  pressed  many  thousands  of  beautiful  seaweeds. 
Almost  any  degree  of  pressure  can  be  obtained  in  it : 
first,  by  the  thumb-screws  on  the  iron  rods  at  each 
corner,  and,  finally,  by  means  of  the  clamp  which  is 


SEAWEEDS. 


207 


strapped  on  the  top  of  the  press.  Any  intelligent 
cabinet-maker  or  ironmonger  could  provide  such 
a  press  from  an  inspection  of  the  figure ;  the  cost, 
of  course,  varying  with  the  dimensions  and  the 
number  of  boards. 

Fig.  45. 


Seaweed  Press. 

With  respect  to  localities  favourable  to  seaweed- 
gathering,  I  may  specially  mention  the  south  coast 
of  Devon ;  from  Exmouth,  where  Bryopsis  and 
Padina  pavonia  grow  in  perfection,  to  Torquay  and 
the  coves  of  Torbay,  and  down  the  coast  to  Plymouth, 


208  SEAWEEDS. 

Cawsand  Bay,  and  finally  Whitsand  Bay,  the  "happy 
hunting-grounds"  of  the  enthusiastic  algologist.  On 
the  north-east  coast,  Filey  and  Whitby  must  be 
mentioned,  as  well  as  the  shores  upwards  from  Tyne- 
mouth  to  Whitley.  Peterhead  is  also  a  good  locality,, 
the  rare  Ectocarpus  Mertensii,  Odonthalia  dentata, 
and  CallUliamnion  floccosum  being  found  there  in 
abundance.  Other  favourable  stations  in  Scotland, 
well  known  to  me,  are  Lamlash  Bay  and  Whiting 
Bay ;  nor  must  the  Isle  of  Wight  be  forgotten,  for 
in  the  rock-pools,  at  Shanklin  especially,  the  most 
magnificent  form  of  Padina  pavonia  may  be  found 
growing  during  the  summer  months  in  the  utmost 
profusion. 

In  conclusion,  I  beg  leave  to  inform  my  readers 
that  I  have  recently  published  a  volume  on  British 
Marine  Algae,  in  which  every  species  that  is  likely 
to  be  met  with  by  ordinary  collectors  is  described, 
and  every  British  seaweed  that  is  capable  of  illustra- 
tion in  a  work  intended  for  popular  information,  is 
figured  from  plants  in  my  own  possession,  and,  in 
addition,  diagrams  and  figures  from  drawings  of 
magnified  portions,  illustrative  of  structure  and 
fructification,  appear  throughout  the  pages  of  my 
work. 


(     -2U-J     ) 


INDEX. 


Adventnres  of  fungus  hunt- 
ers   

Advice  to  fungus  collectors 

Affixing  lichens 

Agaric  placed  to  catch 
spores  

Agaricus  cucumis 

melleus       

mucidus      

Agrostis  stolon ifera   .. 

American  moth-trap  .. 

Ammonia  for  insects 

Anatomy  of  molluscs 

of  vertebrates 

Anchomenus  sexpunctatus 

Ants'  nests  for  beetles 

Apothecia 

Apparatus  for  taking  in- 
sects   

Arm  of  man        

Arrangement  of  eggs 

of  fossils     11 

of  plants     

of  shells      

Arranging  grasses      . . 

lichens        

Artificial  beetle-traps 

Assiminea  Grayann 

Attracting  insects      .. 


Beating  for  beetles    .. 

89 

178 

for  larv&    

47 

179 

Beech  '..      .. 

121 

189 

Beetles        

67 

by  post        

86 

172 

«*"Knw*     4-s\     4**«  1      ±V. 

&  1  2 

176 

,   \\jiijie   to  nnci    tnein 
86-94 

175 

Beritall's  drying-paper 

141 

177 

Best  season  for  lichens 

188 

140 

trees  for  insects 

51 

57 

Birds'  eggs  

27 

59 

nests    .  . 

42 

22 

Bivalves       

Kit 

18 

Bleaching  bones 

23 

71 

Blooms    for  attracting   in- 

91 

sects  

53 

191 

Blowing  eggs     

30 

Blowpipe  for  eggs 

31 

57 

Bog  mosses  

14f> 

21 

Ilombycea   

45 

39 

Bones  

16 

,  13 

of  dog  

17 

135 

Bone-preservers'  shops 

17 

116 

Books  on  seaweeds     196-7, 

208 

142 

Boring  holes  in  eggs 

33 

191 

Bottle  for  beetles       .  . 

76 

87 

Boulders      

5 

108  i 

Box  for  carrying  insects    .  . 

55 

57   ! 

Braces  for  insects 

6) 

P 

210 


INDEX. 


Breeding  beetles 

Bulb-tube 

Bulimus  aeutus 
Butterflies  and  moths 

at  rest 

Butterworts 

Buying  eggs       ..      .. 


PAGE     | 

,68-9  i 
,  31 
.  107 
.  44 
.  50 
.  123 
28 


Cabinet  for  fungi  ..  ..  173 

Cabinets  for  insects  . .  . .  66 

for  plants 136 

Cage  for  virgin  lepidoptera  52 

Callithamnion  floccosum  . .  208 

Campanula  glomerata  . .  129 

rotundifolia  ..  ..  130 

nniflora  130 

Cardboard  for  mounting 

beetles  79 

Cataloguing  of  eggs  . .  . .  36 

Caution  in  carrying  boxes  97 

Ceratodon  purpureus  . .  152 

Chemical  testing  of  lichens  194 

Chip  boxes 48 

Chloroform  bottle  . .  . .  58 

Chorda  filum  204 

Chrysalis  collecting  . .  . .  48-9 

preserving 49 

Classification  of  mosses  . .  154 

Cleaning  the  inside  of  eggs  33 

shells 113 

Coal-shale ..  3 

Collecting  and  preserving 

insects  44 

birds'  eggs  abroad  . .  30 

fungi 160 

,  146 


Collecting  plants  and  ferns  117 

seaweeds 195 

<  Comparative   Anatomy  of 

Vertebrates      18 

Construction  of  egg  cabinet 

38,  40 

Conovulus 107 

Converts  to  geology  . .      . .  4 

Coprinus  atramentarius    ..  160 

domesticus         ..      ..  161 

Coprnphaga,  where  to  find  90 

Corallina  otficinalis    ..      ..  205 

Cork  saddle  for  insects      ..  61 

Corrosive  sublimate  ..      ..  133 

Cortical  stratum  of  lichens  193 

Cotyledons 120 

Cure  for  mould  on  insects  64 


D 

Decomposition  of  fungi  ..  ]tj4 
Description  of  eggs  . .  . .  37 
Difficulties  in  seaweed 

mounting  206 

Dioecious  plants  ..  ..  127 
Directions  in  mounting 

beetles  82-3 

Discoloured  beetles  ..  ..  84 
Discriminating  fungi  ,.  175 
Dissection  of  beetles  . .  . .  85 
Distribution  of  lichens  ..  182 

of  mosses 156 

Dried  yolk 35 

Drying  fungi  1 66 

Drying-paper  for  grasses  . .  1 11 
Duck's-head  hammer  . .  7 
Dudresnaia  coccinea  . .  , .  204 


INDEX. 


E 

PACE 

Economy  of  lichens  ..      ..  If  4 

Ectocarpus  Mertensii       . .  '208 

Egg  collector's  note-book . .  35 

—  drills 30 

Eggs  of  moths,  &c 45 

Embryo  of  plants      ..      ..  119 

English  names  of  plants   ..  134 

Entomological  pins    ..      ..  83 

Equipment  of  coleopterist  71 

for  fungus  hunting  ..  161 

for  gathering  plants  128 

• of  geologist       . .      . .  9 

—  of  hymenopterist       . .  95 
— -  for  procuring  land  and 

freshwater  shells   . .      . .  102 

for  seaweed  collecting  200 

Examination  of  lichen  spores  192 
of  mosses 149 

F 

Fading  of  eggs 35 

Favourable  spots  for  shells  108 

Fertilization  of  plants       ..  126 
Flowers  frequented  by  hy- 

menoptera       96 

—  of  plants 126 

Flowering  plants  and  ferns  1 17 

Fluid  for  mounting  slugs  115 

Fore  leg  of  horse        ..      ..  21 

Fossil  hunting 5 

plants 4 

Fossils  in  boulders    . .      . .  6 

French  chalk  for  insects  . .  65 

Fries'  'Fungi' 180 

Fruits  of  plants 128 

Fuci 203 

Fungi,  collecting  of  ..      ..  178 
Furze  .,                              .123 


•G 

FAGR 

Gardiner's  '  British  Mosses'  153 

Gathering  lichens      ..      ..  187 

Geutiaua  collina        . .      . .  130 

Geological  cabinets    ..      ..  11 

enjoyment 14 

• equipment          . .      . .  9 

examination  of  strata  10 

hammers 7 

• maps 10 

specimens 1 

Geology  in  fields        ..      ..  5 

Glass-topped  boxes    ..      ..  13 

Gloiosiphonia     ..     %.      ..  204 

Gonidic  stratum  of  lichens  193 

Grasses,  when  to  select      . .  128 

— ,  collecting  of     ..      ..  139 

,  preserving  of    ..      ..  140 

Griffithsia  corallina   . .      . .  204 

Grossulariacese 134 

Gum  for  mounting  beetles  79 

Gumming  down  plants     ..  133 

H 

Habitats  of  grasses    ..      ..  144 

Habits  of  mole 19 

of  snails      109 

Half-hatched  eggs     ..      ..  33 

Harvey's  '  Phycologia '      ..  197 

Helix  caperata 107 

virgata        107 

Hepatic* 145 

Herbaria     132 

Herbarium  sheets      ..      ..  136 

Himanthalia  lorea     ..      ..  206 

Holcus  mollis     140 

How  to  get  fungus  spores  171 

|   How  to  prepare  skeletons  23 

p  2 


212 


INDEX. 


PA  OF.      | 

Hybernation  of  butterflies       50 

PACK 

Lepidodendron   4 

Hydrobia  ventrosa    .. 

108 

Lepidoptera 

44 

similis        

108 

Lichen  flora  of  Europe 

185 

Hymenoptera      

95 

Lichens,  collecting  of 

181 

Hypothecium  of  lichens    .  . 

192 

Lime  (Tilia  Europoca) 

120 

Liver  mosses       

145 

I 

Localities  for  fungi    .  . 

164 

Identification  of  eggs 
Insect  forceps     

29 
83 

seaweed  gathering    .  .    207 
obtaining  shells      106-110 
London  Catalogue     .  .      .  .   129 

J1 

Luck  in  capturing  beetles 

70 

Lycopods                    .  . 

115 

Jania  rubens       

205 

J  ungermanniace  re 

154 

M 

Maceration  of  specimens  .  . 

24 

K 

Mclvor's  4  Hepaticse  Britan- 

1°,2 

n  iosB  '         .               ... 

is.-; 

176 

Mantcll's,  Dr.,  Works 
Marasmius  caulicinalis     .. 

Killing  hymenoptera 

97 

insects        58-9 

fo3tidus      .. 

170 

-"•"  oiiclliy   ••          .  .          .  .         •• 

impudicus  

17G 

T, 

Materials   for    beetle    pre- 

JLj 

serving     

Sfr 

Labelling  eggs   

36 

Medals  of  creation 

3 

fossils  

11 

Medullary   stratum    of   li- 

  specimens  

134 

chens       

193 

Labels  

135 

Melanogaster  ambiguus  .  . 

165 

Lactarius  turpis 

176 

Melanospcrms    

204 

Lfuminaria  

206 

Membraneous  seaweeds    .  . 

205 

Land  and  freshwater  shells 

102 

Method  of  setting  out  in- 

Landsborough's     '  British 

sects         

61 

Seaweeds'       

196 

Microscopical   examination 

Lantern    for    catching    in- 

of lichens        

193 

sects  

53 

Microscopical  examination 

Lxrvse  on  fungi  

166 

of  mosses        

150 

Leathsia  tuberiformis 

204 

Missing  links 

1£ 

Leaves  of  plants 

125 

Mode  of  securing  hymen- 

Lens for  examining  beetles 

85 

optera      

9G 

INDEX. 


PAGE 

P 

Modelling  slugs,  &c. 

..   114 

TAG  P. 

Monoecious  plants 

..   127 

Packing  eggs     

38 

Mosses         

..   145 

.  fungi 



163 

Mosses  in  bogs   .. 

..   157 

lichens       

174 

in  fields 

..    156 

Paddle  of  whale         .  . 

21 

on  heaths  .  . 

..   156   < 

Padina  pavonia 

208 

157 

Pace's  Int 

rnrlimt.nrv  'Tftvt- 

on  shady  banks 

..   157   ! 

book'         ••{ 

by  streams 

..   157 

Paraphyses  of  lie-hens 

192 

by  trees      .. 

..  157 

Paper  for  grasses 

140 

on  walls 

..   156  ! 

Petrology 

6 

on  waste  ground 

..   156 

Peristomes  of  mosses 

155 

in  woods 

..   157 

Phallus  impudicus 

1G5 

Moths  at  rest 

..     50 

Phillips's 

'  Guide  to  Geo- 

Mounting  beetles 

..     78 

'      logy  ' 

3 

mosses 

..   152 

Physcia  parietina 

192 

plants 

..    131 

Pinning  insects 

60 

T 

..   201 

Pins  for  setting  hymenop- 

ocxv\>  erHlo       .  .           •  • 

Mussel  shells 

..   104 

tera 

08 

Mussels,  how  to  prepare 

111 

Pisidium, 

how  to  prepare 

112 

Plants  for 

herbarium 

125 

N 

Platypus  hammer 

7 

Naecaria  "Wigghii 

..   204 

Poa  compressa    

140 
140 

Neglect  of  lichens     .. 
Net  for  beetle  catching 
for  sugaring 
for  water  beetles 

..   182 
72-73 
..     55 
..     74 

Poisoning  fungi 
Pollen  of  plants 
Polyporus            

AT:  I/ 

174 
127 
172 

igniarius    

166 

Precaution  against  grease 

65 

Preparation  of  mosses 

148 

Obtaining  caterpillars 

..     46 

Preparing 

shells  for  cabinet 

110 

Odonthalia  dentata 

..   208 

;    Preservation      of      fungus 

Odour  of  fungi 

..   176 

spores 



171 

Oil-beetles  

..     81 

'    of  lichens    ..      ..     188-90 

Olive-coloured  seaweeds 

199 

of  mosses   

151 

Osbert  Salvin     .. 

..     39 

Preserving  animals 

23 

Osteology    

16,  22 

cocoons      

49' 

of  the  mammalia 

..     18 

eggs  for  cabinet 

28 

214 


INDEX. 


i Preserving  fresh  fungi  ..  165 

fungi  in  fluid    ..  ..  170 

insects'  eggs      ..  ..  45 

insects  from  decay  ..  64 

slugs 110 

Pressing  seaweeds     . .  . .  206 

Pseudo-bombyces       ..  ..  45 

Public  herbaria  .  132 


Q 

'Quarantine  for  insects      ..  64 

R 

Rare  fungi . .      ....      . .  178 

.Hearing  beetles  from  larvae  68 

Re-carding  beetles    . .      . .  84 

Red  seaweeds 198 

Removing      bodies      from 

shells       112 

grease  from  insects  ..  65 

Repairing  eggs 34 

Rhinoceros  bones      . .      . .  22 

Rhizomes ...  123 

Rhodosperms     204 


S 

'Sand  pits  for  beetles 
Searching  for  larvse 
Season  for  collecting  shells 
Seaweed  gathering   . . 

press  

Seaweeds,  collecting  of    .. 
Section  cut  through  aga- 

ricus        

•Seeds  of  plants 

Setting  bristle 


86 
46 
109 
207 
207 
195 


170 

128 
61 


1    i 


moths  for  cabinets    62,  63 


PAGE 

Setting  out  hymenoptera  99 
Skeleton  of  mole  ..  ..  20 
Skeletons  of  birds  ..  ..  20 
Skull  of  a  crocodile  . .  . .  19 
Sliding  stages  for  egg  cabi- 
nets    40 

Snail  shells        104 

Solution  for  killing  slugs  114 
Specimens    showing    gills, 

&c.,  of  fungi 169 

Spermagones      191 

Sphinges 45 

Sterigmata  of  lichens       . .  193 

Study  of  the  larger  fungi . .  177 
Stupefying  insects     . .         97-8 

Subterranean  pupae  ..      ..  49 

Sugaring 54 

drum 56 

Sweeping  for  beetles        . .  89 

Sycamore 122 


Table  for  hymenoptera  . .  99 
Thullus  of  lichens  ..  ..193 
Thatch  beating  ..  ..  52 
Tools  for  fungus  collecting  162 

for  lichen  collecting      186 

Tortula  muralis  . .  147,  150 
Trimming  hammer  ..  ..  7 
Triticum  repens 140 

U 

Umbelliferre       134 

Umbrella  net     47 

Use  of  camphor         . .      . .  66 
of  osteological  speci- 
mens         25 


INDEX. 


215- 


'Vnrit-ties  of  species    .. 
Varnishing  eggs 

tor  lichens 


PAM      Where  to  find  chrysalis 

j'2'> fungi         .. 

$5 


185 


lichens 

•  mosses 

jr~  seaweeds  . . 

to  "sugar"       ..      ., 

Washing  eggs 34  i  Woody  specimens  of   fun- 

Wbere  to  find  caterpillars       4G  '      gus 172 


PAC.K 

4(J 
If.O 
1S4 
147 
I'JS) 

54 


London:  Piinted  by  W.  H.  Allen  &  Co.,  13,  Waterloo  Place,  S.W. 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED  ' 

BIOLOGY  LIBRARY 

TEL.  NO.  642-2532 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or 

on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 
Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


AUG  1  3970 


LI 


-1AM  8  6 


LD  21A-12m-5,'e 
(J401slO)476 


General  Library 

University  of  California 

Berkeley 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 

University  of  California  Library 

or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

[ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

12-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 

(510)642-6753 
1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books 

to  NRLF 
Renewals    and    recharges    may    be    made    4    days 

prior  to  due  date 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


F£B211995 


AUG  1  0  $98 


U.  C.  BERKELEY